MP

Siemens Information Systems Limited
SAP R/3 IMPLEMENTATION
SYSTEM DOCUMENT
MATERIALS MANAGEMENT
Siemens Information System Limited, Bangalore
Materials Management System Doc. Page 1 of

Nagarjuna Fertilisers and Chemicals Limited
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 Global settings..................................................................................................................... 5
1.1 SETTING COUNTRIES........................................................................................................................... 6
1.2 CURRENCIES.................................................................................................................................. 6
1.3 CHECK UNIT OF MEASUREMENT........................................................................................................... 6
1.4 MAINTAIN CALENDAR........................................................................................................................ 11
2 Enterprise Structure.......................................................................................................... 12
2.1.1 Logistics General :................................................................................................................. 13

2.1.2 Materials Management.......................................................................................................... 17
2.1 DEFINITION....................................................................................................................................... 13
2.2.1 Logistics General................................................................................................................... 23

2.2.2 Materials Management.......................................................................................................... 31
2.2 ASSIGNMENT.................................................................................................................................... 23
2.3.1 Characteristics....................................................................................................................... 37
2.3.2 Classes.................................................................................................................................. 37
2.3 CROSS-APPLICATION COMPONENTS.................................................................................................. 37
3 LOGISTICS - GENERAL...................................................................................................41
3.1 LOGISTICS MASTER DATA: MATERIAL MASTER..................................................................................42
3.1.1 Material.................................................................................................................................. 42
3.1.2 Field Selection for Batches and Vendor Consignment Goods...............................................53
3.2 LOGISTICS MASTER DATA - BUSINESS PARTNERS..............................................................................54
3.2.1 Vendors................................................................................................................................ 54
3.3 BATCH MANAGEMENT...................................................................................................................... 56
3.3.1 Specify batch level and active status management.............................................................. 56

3.3.2 Define system message attributes......................................................................................... 56
3.3.3 Batch Number Assignment.................................................................................................... 56
3.3.4 Initial batch creation............................................................................................................... 57
3.3.5 Characteristic Value Assignment for Batches.........................................................................57
3.3.6 Batch Status Management .................................................................................................... 58
3.3.7 Batch Determination and Batch Check..................................................................................58
3.3.8 Make settings for batch where-used list.................................................................................58
3.3.9 Active Ingredient Management ............................................................................................. 59
3.3.10 Product Quantities Management ......................................................................................... 60
4 Materials Management......................................................................................................62
4.1 GENERAL SETTINGS................................................................................................................... 63
4.1.1Set material enqueue.............................................................................................................. 63
4.1.2 Activate consignment prices using info records.....................................................................63
4.2 CONSUMPTION-BASED PLANNING....................................................................................................... 63

4.3 PURCHASING.................................................................................................................................... 64
4.3.1........................................................................................................................ Environment data
........................................................................................................................................................ 64
4.3.2........................................................................................................................... Material master
........................................................................................................................................................ 65
4.3.3............................................................................................................................ Vendor master
........................................................................................................................................................ 69
4.3.4........................................................................................................... Create purchasing groups
........................................................................................................................................................ 71
4.3.5........................................................................................................... Maintain Purchasing Area
........................................................................................................................................................ 72
4.3.6.................................................................................................. Purchasing Area Determination
........................................................................................................................................................ 72
4.3.7............................................................................................................. Purchasing Info Record
........................................................................................................................................................ 72
4.3.8................................................................................................................................... Source list
........................................................................................................................................................ 73
4.3.9..................................................................................................................... Quota arrangement
........................................................................................................................................................ 74
4.3.10.......................................................................................................................... RFQ/quotation
........................................................................................................................................................ 74
4.3.11.................................................................................................................. Purchase requisition
........................................................................................................................................................ 80
4.3.12........................................................................................................................ Purchase Order
........................................................................................................................................................ 88
4.3.13.................................................................................................................................... Contract
........................................................................................................................................................ 91
4.3.14.............................................................................................................. Scheduling Agreement
........................................................................................................................................................ 93
4.3.15............................................................................................................................ Confirmations
........................................................................................................................................................ 94
4.3.16........................................................................Define Matchcodes for Purchasing Documents
........................................................................................................................................................ 94
4.3.17................................................................................................................................. Conditions
........................................................................................................................................................ 95
4.3.18........................................................................................................................... Foreign Trade
...................................................................................................................................................... 118
4.3.19.................................................................................................................. Account assignment
...................................................................................................................................................... 118
4.3.20..................................................................Define External Representation of Item Categories
...................................................................................................................................................... 120
4.3.21................................................................................Define Default Values for Document Type
...................................................................................................................................................... 121
4.3.22................................................................................................................................... Statistics
...................................................................................................................................................... 122
4.3.23................................................................................................................................. Messages
...................................................................................................................................................... 122
4.3.24..................................................................................................................... Vendor evaluation
...................................................................................................................................................... 131
4.3.25................................................................................................................ Source determination
...................................................................................................................................................... 133
4.3.26........................................................................................................................................ Taxes
...................................................................................................................................................... 134
4.3.27............................................................................................................. Subsequent settlement
...................................................................................................................................................... 134

4.3.28..................................................................................................... Setup partner determination

...................................................................................................................................................... 134
4.3.29.................................................................................................................................. Reporting
...................................................................................................................................................... 136
4.3.30.......................................................................................................... Buyer's negotiation sheet
...................................................................................................................................................... 136
4.4 EXTERNAL SERVICES MANAGEMENT................................................................................................ 137
4.4.1............................................................................................................................ Service Master
...................................................................................................................................................... 137
4.4.2.......................................................................................................................... Number Ranges
...................................................................................................................................................... 139
4.5 INVENTORY MANAGEMENT...................................................................................................... 145
4.5.1........................................................................................................................ Plant Parameters
...................................................................................................................................................... 145
4.5.2.............................................................................................. Define system message attributes
...................................................................................................................................................... 145
4.5.3.................................................................................................................... Number Assignment
...................................................................................................................................................... 145
4.5.4.......................................................Field selection for goods movements initial/header screens
...................................................................................................................................................... 166
4.5.5.................................................................................................Goods Issue / Transfer Postings
...................................................................................................................................................... 166
4.5.6............................................................................................................................ Goods Receipt
...................................................................................................................................................... 168
4.5.7................................................................................................................ Automatic Movements
...................................................................................................................................................... 175
4.5.8................................................................................................................................. Reservation
...................................................................................................................................................... 176
4.5.9....................................................................................................................... Physical Inventory
...................................................................................................................................................... 179
4.5.10....................................................................................................................... Movement Types
...................................................................................................................................................... 193
4.5.11............................................................................................................................. Print Control
...................................................................................................................................................... 199
4.5.12................................................................................................................ Output determination
...................................................................................................................................................... 207
4.5.13.................................................................................................................. Stock Determination
...................................................................................................................................................... 211
4.5.14............................................................................................................... Define Document Life
...................................................................................................................................................... 211
4.5.15.................................................................................................................................. Reporting
...................................................................................................................................................... 211
4.6 VALUATION AND ACCOUNT ASSIGNMENT.......................................................................................... 212
4.6.1......................................................................................... Define price control for material types
...................................................................................................................................................... 212
4.6.2............................................................................................................................. Split Valuation
...................................................................................................................................................... 213
4.6.3................................................................................................................ Account Determination
...................................................................................................................................................... 213
4.6.4.........................................................Configure Price Change in Previous Period/Previous Year
...................................................................................................................................................... 217
4.6.5........................................................Define document type and number range for price change
...................................................................................................................................................... 218

4.6.6.......................................................Define document type and number range for Material Debit

...................................................................................................................................................... 218
4.6.7...........................................................................................Balance Sheet Valuation Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................... 218
4.6.8.................................................................................................Actual Costing / Material Ledger
...................................................................................................................................................... 219
4.7 WAREHOUSE MANAGEMENT............................................................................................................ 219
4.8 INVOICE VERIFICATION..................................................................................................................... 219
4.8.1.............................................................................................. Define system message attributes
...................................................................................................................................................... 219
4.8.2................................................................................................................ Define Tax Jurisdiction
...................................................................................................................................................... 219
4.8.3..................................................................................................... Configure automatic postings
...................................................................................................................................................... 219
4.8.4....................................................................................................................... Incoming Invoices
...................................................................................................................................................... 219
4.8.5............................................................................................................................... Invoice Block
...................................................................................................................................................... 224
4.8.6.......................................................................................................................... Release Invoice
...................................................................................................................................................... 225
4.8.7................................................................................................... Clearing account maintenance
...................................................................................................................................................... 225
4.8.8..............................................................................................Invoice Verification in Background
...................................................................................................................................................... 226
4.8.9............................................................................................................... Message determination
...................................................................................................................................................... 226
4.8.10............................................................................................................... Define Document Life
...................................................................................................................................................... 226
5 PROGRAMS..................................................................................................................... 227
5.1 USER EXITS................................................................................................................................... 227
5.2 ABAP / 4 PROGRAMS.................................................................................................................... 227

1 GLOBAL SETTINGS

1.1 SETTING COUNTRIES

Here, the country settings are made.
Settings for NFCL:-
Standard SAP settings retained.
1.2 CURRENCIES
Here, the Currency settings are checked. If required, new currencies can be added.
Settings for NFCL :-
1.3 CHECK UNIT OF MEASUREMENT

Unit of measurement are needed in applications to make calculations with
quantities and physical units. Units of measurement are needed for their screen
display and for internal conversions (such as Kilogram > gram, but also centimeter
> inch). The International system of units (SI) is used for this.
Unit of measurement are held centrally in the SAP R/3 System for all applications.
The conversion factors are stored in the system with a unique internal key(3
Characters). The external display specifications are maintained for each unit of
measurement language-dependently. For display options during transactions,a
Commercial key (3 Characters) and a Technical key (6 Characters) should be
maintained for each language.
Settings for NFCL :-
Int.Meas.unit Commercial Technical Meas.unit text Unit text
1 ONE One One One

10 D d Days Days
2M CMS cm/s cm/s Centimeter/Second
2X M/M m/min m/min Meter/Minute
4T PO pF pF Pikofarad
A87 GOH GOhm GOhm Gigaohm
A93 GM3 g/m3 g/m3 Gram/Cubic meter
B34 KD3 kg/dm3 kg/dm3 Kilogram/cubic decimeter
B45 QML kmol kmol Kilomol
B47 NI ND ND Kilonewton
B73 MN MN MN Meganewton
B75 MGO MOhm MOhm Megohm
B78 MHV REI REI Megavolt
BAG BAG Bag Bag Bag
BAR BAR bar bar bar
BCA BCA bca
BCN BCN bcn
BCX BCX bcx

BOT BOT Bottle Bottle Bottle

BQK BQL Bq/kg Bq/kg Becquerel/kilogram
C10 RF mF mF Millifarad
C39 NA nA nA Nanoampere
C3S C3S cm3/s cm3/s Cubic centimeter/second
C41 R-U nF nF Nanofarad
C56 NMM N/mm2 N/mm2 Newton/Square millimeter
CCM CCM cm3 cm3 Cubic centimeter
CD CD cd Cd Candela
CDM DM3 dm3 dm3 Cubic decimeter
CM CM cm cm Centimeter
CM2 CM2 cm2 cm2 Square centimeter
CMH CMH cm/h cm/h Centimeter/hour
CO CO COIL COIL COIL
CRR CRR crr
CS CAS Case Case Case
CTL CL cl centiliter centiliter
D41 TOM t/m3 t/m3 Ton/Cubic meter
D46 CT CT CT Voltampere
DEG DEG deg Degree Degree
DM DM dm dm Decimeter
DR DRM Drum Drum Drum
DZ DZ dz Dozen Dozen
EA EA EA each each
EE EU EU Enzy.Units Enzyme Units
EML EML EU/ml Enzyme/ml Enzyme Units / Milliliter
F F F F Farad
FT FT Foot Foot Foot
FT2 FT2 ft2 Square ft Square foot
FT3 FT3 ft3 Cubic ft Cubic foot
G G g g Gram
G/L G/L gai/l gai/liter gram act.ingrd / liter
GAU GAU GAU Gram Gold Gram Gold
GHG GHG g/hg g/hg Gram/hectogram
GJ GJ GJ GJ Gigajoule
GKG GKG g/kg g/kg Gram/kilogram
GLI GLI g/l g/l Gram/liter
GLL GAL gal US US gallon US gallon
GM GM g/mol g/mol Gram/Mol
GM2 GM2 g/m2 g/m2 Gram/square meter
GRO GRO gro Gross Gross
GW GAI gai g act.ing. Gram act. ingrd.
H H h h Hour
HAR HA Hectar Hectare Hectare
HL HL hl hl Hectoliter
HPA HPA hPa hPa Hectopascal
HZ HZ Hz Hz Hertz (1/second)
IND IND IND Inch Dia.
J J J J Joule
JKG JKG J/kg J/kg Joule/Kilogram
JMO JMO J/mol J/mol Joule/Mol
JOB JOB JOB JOB JOB

K K K K Kelvin
KA KA kA kA Kiloampere
KAN CAN Can Canister Canister
KAR CAR Car Carton Carton
KBK KBK kBq/kg kBq/kg Kilobecquerel/kilogram
KG KG kg kg Kilogram
KGF KGF kg/m2 kg/m2 Kilogram/Square meter
KGK KGK kg/kg kg/kg Kilogram/Kilogram
KGM KGM kg/mol kg/mol Kilogram/Mol
KGS KGS kg/s kg/s Kilogram/second
KGV KGV kg/m3 kg/m3 Kilogram/cubic meter
KGW KAI kgai kg ac.ing. Kilogram act. ingrd.
KHZ KHZ kHz kHz Kilohertz
KI CRT Crate Crate Crate
KJ KJ kJ kJ Kilojoule
KJK KJK KJ/kg KJ/kg Kilojoule/kilogram
KJM KJM kJ/mol kJ/mol Kilojoule/Mol
KL KL KL Kilolitre Kilolitre
KM KM km km Miles/Kms
KM2 KM2 km2 km2 Square kilometer
KMH KMH km/h km/h Kilometer/hour
KMK KMK m3/m3 m3/m3 Cubic meter/Cubic meter
KMN KMN K/min K/min Kelvin/Minute
KMS KMS K/s K/s Kelvin/Second
KOH KOH kOhm kOhm Kiloohm
KPA KPA kPa kPa Kilopascal
KSC KSC kg/cm2 kg/cm2 Kilogram/Square Centimetre
KV KV kV kV Kilovolt
KVA KVA kVA kVA Kilovoltampere
KW KW KW kW Kilowatt
KWH KWH kwh kwh Kilowatt hours
KWK KIK kai/kg kai/kg kg act.ingrd. / kg
L L l l Liter
L2 LMI l/min l/min Liter/Minute
LB LB lb US pound US pound
LE PU PU Power unit Power unit
LMS LMS l/m_.s l/mol.s Liter/Molsecond
M M m m Meter
M% M% %(m) %(m) Percent mass
M%O M%O %O(m) %O(m) Permille mass
M/S M/S m/s m/s Meter/second
M2 M2 m2 m2 Square meter
M2S M2S m2/s m2/s Square meter/second
M3 M3 m3 m3 Cubic meter
M3S M3S m3/s m3/s Cubic meter/second
MA MA mA mA Milliampere
MBA MBA mbar mbar Millibar
MBZ MBZ m.b_/s m.bar/s Meterbar/second
MEJ MEJ MJ MJ Megajoule
MG MG mg mg Milligram
MGF MGF mg/cm2 mg/cm2 Milligram/Square centimeter
MGG MGG mg/g mg/g Milligram/gram

MGK MGK mg/kg mg/kg Milligram/kilogram

MGL MGL mg/l mg/l Milligram/liter
MGQ MGQ mg/m3 mg/m3 Milligram/cubic meter
MGW MGW MW MW Megawatt
MHO MHO MHO Mhos Unit for Conductivity
MHR MHR MHR Man Hour Man Hour
MHZ MHZ MHz MHz Megahertz
MI MI mile Mile Mile
MI2 MI2 Mile2 Square mile Square mile
MIN MIN min min Minute
MIS MIS µs µs Microsecond
MJ MIJ mJ mJ Milli joule
ML ML ml ml Milliliter
MLK MLK ml/m3 ml/m3 Milliliter/cubic meter
MLW MLI mlai ml act.in. Milliliter act. ingr.
MM MM mm mm Millimeter
MM2 MM2 mm2 mm2 Square millimeter
MMA MMA mm/a mm/a Millimeter/year
MMG MMG mmol/g mmol/g Millimol/gram
MMH MMH mm/h mm/h Millimeter/hour
MMK MMK m_/kg mmol/kg Millimol/kilogram
MMO MMO mmol mmol Millimol
MMQ MM3 mm3 mm3 Cubic millimeter
MMS MMS mm/s mm/s Millimeter/second
MN3 MN3 MNM3 MillionNM3 Million NM3
MNM MNM mN/m mN/m Millinewton/meter
MOK MOK mol/kg mol/kg Mol/kilogram
MOL MOL mol mol Mol
MON MON Months Months Months
MPA MPA MPa MPa Megapascal
MPB MPB ppb(m) ppb(m) Mass parts per billion
MPM MPM ppm(m) ppm(m) Mass parts per million
MPS MPS mPa.s mPa.s Millipascal seconds
MPT MPT ppt(m) ppt(m) Mass parts per trillion
MPZ MPZ m.Pa/s m.Pa/s Meterpascal/second
MQH M3H m3/h m3/h Cubic meter/Hour
MS MS ms ms Millisecond
MS2 MS2 m/s2 m/s2 Meter/second squared
MSM MSM MSM3 MillionSM3 Million SM3
MT MT MT Metric Ton Metric Tonnes
MTE MTE mT mT Millitesla
MTI MTI mtai MTonAcIng. Metric Ton -Active Ingredient
MTS M/H m/h m/h Meter/Hour
MV MV mV mV Millivolt
MVA PCT PCT PCT Megavoltampere
MW MW mW mW Milliwatt
MWH MWH mwh mwh Megawatt hours
N N N N Newton
NAM NAM nm nm Nanometer
NM NM N/m N/m Newton/meter
NM3 NM3 Nm3 Nm3 Normal Cubic Meter
NMH NMH NMH NM3 per hour

NOS NOS Number Numbers Numbers

NPK NPK NPK No. / KG No. / KG
NS NS ns ns Nanosecond
NTU NTU NTU Turbidity Nesselers Turbidity Unit
OHM OHM Ohm Ohm Ohm
OZ OZ oz Ounce Ounce
OZA FOZ foz US Fld.oz US Fluid Ounce US
P P P Points Points
PA PA Pa Pa Pascal
PAA PAA PAIR Pair Pair
PAK PAC PAC Pack Pack
PAL PAL PAL Pallet Pallet
PAS PAS Pas Pascal sec Pascal second
PC PC PC Pieces Pieces
PKT PKT PKT Packet Packet
PMI PMI 1/min 1/min 1/minute
PPB PPB ppb ppb Parts per billion
PPM PPM ppm ppm Parts per million
PPT PPT ppt ppt Parts per trillion
PRC PRC Perc Perc.prop. Percenatge Proportion
PRS PRS PRS Persons Number of persons
PS HP ps ps Picosecond
PT PT pt US Pint US l Pint, US liquid
QT QT qt US Quart US l Quart, US liquid
RHO RHO g/cm3 g/cm3 Gramm/Cubic centimeter
RM RM RM Runng Mtr.
ROL ROL ROL Role Role
S S s s Second
SET SET SET SET SET
SM3 SM3 Sm3 Sm3 Standard Cubic Meter
SMH SMH SMH SM3 per hour
ST ST items items items
STD HR hrs Hours Hours
TAG DAY Days Days Days
TC3 TC3 1/cm3 1/cm3 1/cubic centimeter
TES TES T T Tesla
TH TS thou Thousand Thousand
TM3 TM3 1/m3 1/m3 1/cubic meter
TN3 TN3 TNM3 Thou. NM3 Thousand NM3
TO TO TO MT Tonnes(Metric)
TON TON ton US ton US ton
TSM TSM TSM3 Thou. SM3 Thousand SM3
V V V V Volts
V% V% %(V) %(V) Percent volume
V%O V%O %O(V) %O(V) Permille volume
VAL VAL val Value VO mat.
NOTE :
Of these, of special importance are UOMs, MTI and PRC, which have been
created for Active Ingredient & Product Quantity Management of CS Lye. The
UOMs, TSM and JOB , have been created for Natural Gas and Services

respectively.
1.4 MAINTAIN CALENDAR

The Public Holiday and factory calendar is a central module in the SAP
system. It is used in many areas in the standard version.
A Factory Calendar is allocated to Plant in Logistics.
Settings for NFCL:-

The factory calender defined for NFCL is NF and has been attached to all
plants (explained later in this documentation). Please refer PP System
Documentation for details.

2 ENTERPRISE STRUCTURE

2.1 DEFINITION
2.1.1 Logistics General :
The organizational units that are relevant to all applications of Logistics are defined here.
2.1.1.1 Define valuation area

The valuation area is defined here. This is the level at which material stocks are
valuated.
Material stocks can be valuated at the following levels:
 plant level
 company code level
Settings for NFCL :
 Valuation area = Plant
2.1.1.2 Maintain plant

The plant is an operating area or branch within a company and is the singlemost
important organization unit for Logistics transactions. The Plant has to be assigned
to a single Company code. A Company code can and will have multiple plants.
Several storage locations in which material stocks are managed can belong to a
plant.
Settings For NFCL :
Plant Name 1 Name 2 Street/hse PO Postal City Region

no. box code
1001 VIZIANAGRAM AP
(Logical)
1002 Vizianagaram AP0020001 Vizianagaram AP
1003 Amadalvalsa AP0010023 Vizianagaram AP
1004 Anakapalli AP0030001 Vizianagaram AP
1101 AO Kakinada AP
1102 Tanuku AP0050035 Kakinada AP
1103 Tadepalligudem AP0050004 Kakinada AP
1104 Eluru AP0050048 Kakinada AP
1105 Dwarapudi AP
1106 Bhimavaram AP0050066 Kakinada AP
1150 Not to be used (to Mandapeta
be deleted)
1199 Ethakote AP0040166 AP
1201 Yanam PY
1301 AO Guntur AP
1302 Chirala AP0080010 Guntur AP
1303 Guntur AP0070008 Guntur AP
1304 Narasaraopeta AP0070063 Guntur AP
1305 Ongole AP0080001 Guntur AP
1306 Tenali AP0070031 Guntur AP

1307 Sattenapalli AP0070019 Guntur AP

1308 Nadikudi AP0070251 Guntur AP
1401 AO Nellore AP
1402 Kavali AP0230012 Nellore AP
1403 Renigunta AP0220001 Nellore AP
1404 Nellore AP
1405 Cuddapah AP0190001 Nellore AP
1451 Chittoor AP0220023 Nellore AP
2001 AO Vijayawada AP
2002 Vijayawada AP0060008 Vijayawada AP
2003 Gudivada AP0060029 Vijayawada AP
2004 Khammam AP0090004 Vijayawada AP
2005 Bhadrachalam AP0090024 Vijayawada AP
Road
2050 not to be used (to AP
be deleted)
2101 AO Hyderabad Hyderabad AP
2102 Hyderabad AP0100001 Hyderabad AP
2103 Miryalaguda AP0140020 Hyderabad AP
2201 AO Nizamabad AP
2202 Kamareddy AP0170032 Nizamabad AP
2203 Nizamabad AP0170001 Nizamabad AP
2204 Adilabad AP0180014 Nizamabad AP
2301 AO Warangal AP
2302 Warangal AP0150001 Warangal AP
2303 Peddapalli AP0160017 Warangal AP
2350 Karimnagar AP0160008 Warangal AP
2401 AO Kurnool AP
2402 Adoni AP0200011 Kurnool AP
2403 Jadcherla AP0130001 Kurnool AP
2404 Mahabubnagar AP0130010 Kurnool AP
2405 Kurnool AP0200001 Kurnool AP
2406 Anantapur AP0210001 Kurnool AP
2407 Nandyal AP0200016 Kurnool AP
3001 AO Bhubaneswar OR
3002 Bhadrak OR3050001 Bhadrak OR
3003 Balasore OR3030001 Balasore OR
3004 Khurda Road OR3140002 Khurda Road OR
3005 Berhampur OR3010005 Berhampur OR
3006 J K Road OR3200001 J K Road OR
3007 Cuttack OR3060001 OR3060001 OR
3008 not to be used (to
be deleted)
3101 AO Sambalpur OR
3102 Rayagada OR3230001 Rayagada OR
3103 Jeypore OR3150001 Jeypore OR
3104 Kesinga OR3110006 Kesinga OR
3105 Bargarh OR3240014 Bargarh OR
3106 Sambalpur OR3240001 Sambalpur OR
3107 Jharsuguda OR3290001 Jharsuguda OR
3108 Bolangir OR3020001 Bolangir OR
4001 Area Office WB WB
Plant

4050 West Bengal WB

(Buffers)-Logical
4051 National Industries WB3500019 Dum Dum
Dum Dum
4052 TDC Cossimbazar WB3440003 Cossimbazar
4053 Mangla Traders Burdwan, WB3420001 Burdwan WB
Burdwan
4501 AO Patna Patna BH
4550 Bihar (Buffers ) BH
Logical
5001 AO Nagpur MAH
5050 Maharasthra MAH
(Buffers ) Logical
6001 AO Bellary KAR
6050 Karnataka KAR
(Buffers ) Logical
7050 Tamil Nadu TN
(Buffers) Logical
9001 Corporate CORP00000 Corporate AP
AOB1 Agri Output AOB Plant 1 Hyderabad AP
Business Plant 1
AOB2 AOB Plant2 - AOB Plant 2 Rotterdam
Rotterdam
COMM Corporate Office - Corporate Hyderabad AP
Hyderabad
KKD1 Plant-1 Kakinada Plant-1 Kakinada AP
KKD2 Plant-2 Kakinada Plant-2 Kakinada AP
KKD3 Utility/Bagging/Oth Plant-3 Kakinada AP
er-Kakinada
SD01 Seeds Plant 1 - Seeds Warangal AP
Warangal Warangal
SD02 Seeds Plant 2 - Seeds Sambalpur OR
Sambalpur Sambalpur
SD03 Seeds Plant 3 - Seeds Kurnool AP
Kurnool Kurnool
SD04 Seeds Plant 4 - Seeds Kampalli AP
Kompalli Kompalli
SD20 NFCL(P)Godown Seeds Monda Aurangabad MAH
Aurangabad(Seed) Aurangabad
SD21 NFCL(P)Godown Seeds
NFCL,Plot 751007 Bhubaneshwar OR
Bhubaneswr(Seed) Bhubanesw
626,Saheednag
ar ar
SD22 NFCL(P)Godown Seeds
Vinayaka Dept Bellary KAR
Bellary (Seed) Bellary
Store,VG
Colony
SD23 NFCL(P)Godown Seeds Vaibhv Bldg4 700020 Calcutta WB
Calcutta (Seed) Calcutta Lee
Road,Calcutta
SD24 NFCL(P)Godown Seeds BC 452001 Indore MP
Indore (Seed) Indore Chambers,47Ja
ora Cmpd.
SD25 NFCL (P) Godown Seeds 54/55 Saryu Jaipur RJ
Jaipur (Seed) Jaipur Marg,
Mansrovar
SD26 NFCL(P)Godown Seeds Patna Allied&Chemica 800001 Patna BH
Patna (Seed) ls, Jamal Rd.
SD27 NFCL(P)Godown Seeds 9,8th Cross 620001 Trichy TN

Trichy (Seed) Trichy Thirunagar,Kmp

m
SF01 SFD Plant - C/O Mumtaj Moosapet Hyderabad AP
Hyderabad 405 Fatima
SF02 SFD Plant - C/O NDR NDR Godown Hyderabad AP
Hyderabad Godown
SF03 SFD Plant - Nellore C/O Nellore Nellore AP
Plant (SFD)
SF04 SFD Plant - Trichy C/O 73, Tanjavur Trichy TN
957 Perinayaki Road
Transports
SF05 SFD Plant - C/O Flori Panduranga 560078 Bangalore KAR
Bangalore 959 Agro Chem Temple,Sarakki
SF06 SFD Plant - Bellary C/OBalaji Kanaikal Road Bellary KAR
903 Warehousin
g Co Pvt L
SF07 SFD Plant - C/O Pratik 167,Bhudhwar 4120002 Sholapur MAH
Sholapur 726 Sales peth,Mehta
Corporation towers
SF08 SFD Plant - Nasik C/O Novel C-1, GANJA Nasik MAH
725 Agro Chem Nandavanam MAL
shopping
Complex
SF09 SFD Plant - Bareilly C/O More Kothi, 243005 Bareilly UP
651 Khandelwal Gangapur
Distributors
Pl
SF11 SFD Plant - Karnal C/O Mohan 41/42, Nethaji 132001 Karnal HR
756 Enterprises Subash Market
SF12 SFD Plant - C/O 192A/14, Shant Bhatinda CD
Bhatinda 894 Mohinder Nagar
Kaur
SF13 SFD Plant - C/O Ahmedabad GJ
Ahmedabad Ahmedabad
Plant
SH01 Kakinada Shiphold KKD Kakinada AP
Shiphold
SH02 Vishakhapatnam VZG Vishakhapatnam AP
Shiphold Shiphold
SP01 Kakinada Port KKD Port Kakinada AP
SP02 Vishakhapatnam VZG Port Vishakhapatnam AP
Port
SP03 Chennai Port CHN Port Chennai TN
SP04 Krishnapatnam KSP Port Krishnapatnam AP
Port
2.1.1.3 Define location

The locations within a plant are defined here. The following master data objects can be
assigned to these locations:
 Asset master records of Asset Management
 pieces of equipment
 functional locations
 work centres

 production resources/tools
Locations are used for informative assignment only. You can only use locations to
structure a match-code or as parameter criteria in reporting. You cannot derive any
functionality from locations in terms of hierarchies, etc.
Settings For NFCL :

No customizing requirements from MM module.
2.1.1.4 Maintain Division

The divisions in the company are defined here.
The division is one of the organizational units in Sales & Distribution and is also required
for business area account assignment for logistics transactions in Financial Accounting.
The business area for the material is determined via the plant and the division defined in
the material master record.
Settings for NFCL:
Division Division
Code Description
10 Urea
20 Other Fertilizer
30 Pesticides
40 Speciality Fertilizer
50 Seeds
60 Agri Output
2.1.2 Materials Management

The Organisational Units for the following components are created.
 Valuation
 Materials Planning
 Purchasing
 Inventory Management
 Invoice Verification
 Warehouse Management
2.1.2.1 Maintain storage location

A storage location is the place where stock is physically kept within a plant. A storage
location has the following attributes:
 Stocks are managed only on a quantity basis and not on a value basis at
storage location level.
 Physical inventories are carried out at storage location level.

Storage Locations are always created for a plant. This makes an assignment
between plants and storage locations unnecessary.
Settings for NFCL :
Plant Storage Description

Location
COMM CMCS CMC Stores

Location
KKD1 B1 Main Stores
KKD1 B10 Gas Cylndr Gdwn
KKD1 B11 Cottn Waste Gdwn
KKD1 B12A Mech Spares-IIA
KKD1 B12B Mech Spares-IIB
KKD1 B13A Chemical Godwn I
KKD1 B13B Chemical GodwnII
KKD1 B14 KKD Stores B14
KKD1 B2 Consm.Str(MSAnx)
KKD1 B20 Bagg.Plant Area
KKD1 B21 Chemical House
KKD1 B22 DM Plant Area
KKD1 B25 Boiler Area
KKD1 B3 Refractory Store
KKD1 B4 Insulatn Godown
KKD1 B5 Pnt/Constrn Gdwn
KKD1 B6A Catalyst Gdwn-I
KKD1 B6B Catalyst Gdwn-II
KKD1 B7A Mech Spare Str-I
KKD1 B7B Elec Spare Store
KKD1 B8 Cement Godown
KKD1 B9A Refrctry Gdwn-I
KKD1 B9B Refrctry Gdwn-II
KKD1 FICS Free/Charg.Issue
KKD1 NGL1 NG Line 1 (Stor)
KKD1 NGL2 NG Line 2 (Stor)
KKD1 NGLS NG Line-Comm Str
KKD1 NP1 Naptha Tank 1
KKD1 PMS1 PM Stores 1
KKD1 REJS Rejection Stores
KKD1 SCRS Scrap Yard
KKD1 T1 HCL Tank
KKD1 T2 CS Lye Tank
KKD1 T3 Sulphrc Acid Tnk
KKD1 Y1 Main Stores-BkYd
KKD1 Y2 Steel Yard
KKD1 Y3 DCL Yard


Location
KKD2 B1 Main Stores
KKD2 B2 Consm.Str(MSAnx)
KKD2 B3 Refractory Store
KKD2 NP1 Naptha Tank
KKD2 SCRS Scrap Yard
KKD2 T1 HCL Tank
KKD2 T2 CS Lye Tank
KKD2 Y2 Steel Yard
KKD2 Y3 DCL Yard

Location
KKD3 B1 Main Stores
KKD3 B2 Consm.Stor-MSAnx


KKD3 B3 Refractry Stores
KKD3 BUST Bagged Urea- Pla
KKD3 ICCS ICC Stores
KKD3 NP1 Naptha Tank
KKD3 P01 Port Stor. Loc.
KKD3 SCRS Scrap Stores
KKD3 T1 HCL Tank
KKD3 T2 CS Lye Tank
KKD3 Y2 Steel Yard
KKD3 Y3 DCL Yard

Location
SD01 SD01 NFCL Wgl.Stores
SD01 SPST Seeds Process St
SD01 SSW1 Raasi Proc.Plant
SD01 SSW2 Divya Proc.Plant
SD01 SSW3 MarutiProc.Plant
SD01 SSW4 Wrngl.Seeds/Farm
SD01 SSW5 Priyanka Seeds
SD01 SSW6 Visista Seeds
SD02 SD02 Seeds Stores II

SD03 SD03 Seeds Stores III

SD04 SD04 Seeds Stores IV

SD04 SHOS Seeds H.O.Stores
SD20 SD20 Seeds Stores 20










Location
SF01 405 HyderabadW/H SFD
SF02 NDR NDR Godown
SF03 541 Nellore Wh
SF04 957 Trichy W/H SFD
SF05 959 Banglore W/H SFD
SF06 903 Bellary W/H SFD
SF07 726 Sholapur W/H SFD
SF08 725 Nasik W/H SFD
SF09 651 Bareilly W/H SFD
SF11 756 Karnal W/H SFD
SF12 894 Bhatinda W/H SFD
SF13 AHST Ahmedabad Stores

Location
SH01 B203 KKD Port Shphld
SH02 B130 Vizag PortShphld
SP01 B200 KKD TrnsitShd(P)

SP01 B227 KKD PortGodwn(P)
SP01 B239 BPG Complex(P)
SP01 B260 BK Industries
SP01 SP01 KKD Port-W/Hse
SP01 SP11 KKD PortStr(dmy)

SP02 B129 NFCl(P) Godown

SP02 SP02 Vizag Port-W/Hse
SP02 SP22 Vizag PortGodown
SP03 B961 ChennaiGodown(P)

SP03 SP03 Chenn Port W/Hse
SP03 SP33 Chenn Port Godwn
SP04 SP04 Krsptm Port W/H

SP04 SP44 Krsptm PortGodwn
NOTE : The storage locations for the Plants exclusively created for SD Module transactions , will
be listed under SD Module System Documentation.
2.1.2.2 Maintain purchasing organization

From the Materials Management and Purchasing view, the purchasing organization is
responsible for the entire processing of purchasing functions. A purchasing organization
can be divided into several purchasing groups that are responsible for different
operational areas.
 Each purchasing organization has its own info. records and conditions for pricing.
 Each purchasing organization has its own vendor master data.
 Each purchasing organization has its own vendor evaluation.
Settings For NFCL :
Purchasing Description
Organization
AOB AOB Pur. Org.
CORP Corporate Pur. Org.
KKD Kakinada Pur. Org.
MKTG Marketing Pur. Org.
SEED Seeds Pur. Org.
SFD Speciality Fert.Org
2.1.2.3 Define Warehouse Number

A Warehouse Complex is represented in the Warehouse Management System as a
Warehouse Number. A Warehouse number groups those storage types and the
storage bins together which are organized and managed as a unit.
Settings for NFCL:

No Warehouse is defined as Warehouse Management is not active for NFCL for
any of the storage locations.
2.2 ASSIGNMENT

Here, the Organisational Units are referenced to each other and this framework is
essential for carrying out business transactions.
2.2.1 Logistics General

2.2.1.1 Assign plant to company code
A plant can only belong to one Company code.
Settings for NFCL :
All Plants listed above have been assigned to Company Code : NFCL.
2.2.1.2 Assign Business Area to Plant/Valuation Area and Division

The plant / valuation area and division combination is assigned to a business area to
enable automatic business area account assignment during logistics(IM) postings.
Settings for NFCL :
Plant Division Division Business BA Description

Description Area
1001 10 Urea MKTG Marketing - SBU
1001 20 Other Fertilizer MKTG Marketing - SBU
1001 30 Pesticides MKTG Marketing - SBU
1001 40 Speciality Fertiliz MKTG Marketing - SBU












AOB1 AOB Agri-Output Business - SBU
AOB1 60 Agri Output AOB Agri-Output Business - SBU
AOB2 AOB Agri-Output Business - SBU
AOB2 60 Agri Output AOB Agri-Output Business - SBU
COMM CORP Corporate - SBU
KKD1 KKD Kakinada - SBU
KKD1 10 Urea KKD Kakinada - SBU
SD01 SEED Seeds - SBU
SD01 50 Seeds SEED Seeds - SBU


SF01 SPF Speciality Fertilisers - SBU
SF01 40 Speciality Fertiliz SPF Speciality Fertilisers - SBU
SH01 MKTG Marketing - SBU
SH01 10 Urea MKTG Marketing - SBU
SH01 20 Other Fertilizer MKTG Marketing - SBU
SH02 MKTG Marketing - SBU
SH02 20 Other Fertilizer MKTG Marketing - SBU
SP01 MKTG Marketing - SBU
SP01 10 Urea MKTG Marketing - SBU
SP01 20 Other Fertilizer MKTG Marketing - SBU


NOTE : All Logistics Plants have been assigned to a blank Division and relevant Business Area
so that even in absence of Division data in material master financial entries are posted to the
correct Business Area.
2.2.1.3 Assign factory calendar

Settings for NFCL :
The factory calender defined for NFCL is NF. Please refer System Documentation for
Production Planning.
2.2.2 Materials Management

2.2.2.1 Assign purchasing organization to company code
In order that one or more Purchasing Organizations purchase for a company , they have
to be assigned to the Company Code.
Settings for NFCL:
Company Code Purchasing Description

Organization
NFCL AOB AOB Pur. Org.
NFCL CORP Corporate Pur. Org.
NFCL KKD Kakinada Pur. Org.
NFCL MKTG Marketing Pur. Org.
NFCL SEED Seeds Pur. Org.
NFCL SFD Speciality Fert.Org
2.2.2.2 Assign purchasing organization to plant

It is possible for one purchasing organization to procure for several plants and for several
purchasing organizations to procure for one plant.
Settings For NFCL :
Plant Purchasing
Organisation
AOB1 AOB
AOB2 AOB
COMM AOB
COMM CORP
COMM KKD
KKD1 KKD
KKD2 KKD
KKD3 KKD
SH01 KKD

SP01 KKD
SH02 KKD
SP02 KKD
SP03 KKD
SP04 KKD
1001 MKTG
1002 MKTG
1003 MKTG
1004 MKTG
1020 MKTG
1080 MKTG
1101 MKTG
1102 MKTG
1103 MKTG
1104 MKTG
1105 MKTG
1106 MKTG
1150 MKTG
1199 MKTG
1201 MKTG
1301 MKTG
1302 MKTG
1303 MKTG
1304 MKTG
1305 MKTG
1306 MKTG
1307 MKTG
1308 MKTG
1401 MKTG
1402 MKTG
1403 MKTG
1404 MKTG
1405 MKTG
1450 MKTG
1451 MKTG
2001 MKTG
2002 MKTG
2003 MKTG
2004 MKTG
2005 MKTG
2050 MKTG
2101 MKTG
2102 MKTG
2103 MKTG
2180 MKTG
2201 MKTG
2202 MKTG
2203 MKTG
2204 MKTG
2301 MKTG
2302 MKTG
2303 MKTG

2350 MKTG
2401 MKTG
2402 MKTG
2403 MKTG
2404 MKTG
2405 MKTG
2406 MKTG
2407 MKTG
3001 MKTG
3002 MKTG
3003 MKTG
3004 MKTG
3005 MKTG
3006 MKTG
3007 MKTG
3008 MKTG
3101 MKTG
3102 MKTG
3103 MKTG
3104 MKTG
3105 MKTG
3106 MKTG
3107 MKTG
3108 MKTG
4001 MKTG
4050 MKTG
4051 MKTG
4052 MKTG
4053 MKTG
4501 MKTG
4550 MKTG
5001 MKTG
5050 MKTG
6001 MKTG
6050 MKTG
7050 MKTG
9001 MKTG
COMM MKTG
KKD3 MKTG
SH01 MKTG
SH02 MKTG
SP01 MKTG
SP02 MKTG
SP03 MKTG
SP04 MKTG
COMM SEED
SD01 SEED
SD02 SEED
SD03 SEED
SD04 SEED
SD20 SEED
SD21 SEED

SD22 SEED
SD23 SEED
SD24 SEED
SD25 SEED
SD26 SEED
SD27 SEED
SF01 SFD
SF02 SFD
SF03 SFD
SF04 SFD
SF05 SFD
SF06 SFD
SF07 SFD
SF08 SFD
SF09 SFD
SF11 SFD
SF12 SFD
SF13 SFD
SP03 SFD
2.2.2.3 Assign standard purchasing organization to plant

If several purchasing organizations procure for a certain plant, you can define one of
them as the standard purchasing organization for the “stock transfers”. In source
determination for stock transfers the system automatically utilizes this standard
purchasing organization.
Settings For NFCL :

Not required for NFCL. However Standard Purchasing Organisations have been
assigned to Plants.
Plant Description Standard

Purchasing Orgn.
1001 VIZIANAGRAM (Logical) MKTG
1002 Vizianagaram MKTG
1003 Amadalvalsa MKTG
1004 Anakapalli MKTG
1101 AO Kakinada MKTG
1102 Tanuku MKTG
1103 Tadepalligudem MKTG
1104 Eluru MKTG
1105 Dwarapudi MKTG
1106 Bhimavaram MKTG
1199 Ethakote MKTG
1201 Yanam MKTG
1301 AO Guntur MKTG
1302 Chirala MKTG
1303 Guntur MKTG
1304 Narasaraopeta MKTG
1305 Ongole MKTG

1306 Tenali MKTG

1307 Sattenapalli MKTG
1308 Nadikudi MKTG
1401 AO Nellore MKTG
1402 Kavali MKTG
1403 Renigunta MKTG
1404 Nellore MKTG
1405 Cuddapah MKTG
1451 Chittoor MKTG
2001 AO Vijayawada MKTG
2002 Vijayawada MKTG
2003 Gudivada MKTG
2004 Khammam MKTG
2005 Bhadrachalam Road MKTG
2101 AO Hyderabad MKTG
2102 Hyderabad MKTG
2103 Miryalaguda MKTG
2201 AO Nizamabad MKTG
2202 Kamareddy MKTG
2203 Nizamabad MKTG
2204 Adilabad MKTG
2301 AO Warangal MKTG
2302 Warangal MKTG
2303 Peddapalli MKTG
2350 Karimnagar MKTG
2401 AO Kurnool MKTG
2402 Adoni MKTG
2403 Jadcherla MKTG
2404 Mahabubnagar MKTG
2405 Kurnool MKTG
2406 Anantapur MKTG
2407 Nandyal MKTG
3001 AO Bhubaneswar MKTG
3002 Bhadrak MKTG
3003 Balasore MKTG
3004 Khurda Road MKTG
3005 Berhampur MKTG
3006 J K Road MKTG
3007 Cuttack MKTG
3101 AO Sambalpur MKTG
3102 Rayagada MKTG
3103 Jeypore MKTG
3104 Kesinga MKTG
3105 Bargarh MKTG
3106 Sambalpur MKTG
3107 Jharsuguda MKTG
3108 Bolangir MKTG
4001 Area Office WB Plant MKTG
4050 West Bengal (Buffers)-Logical MKTG
4501 AO Patna MKTG
4550 Bihar (Buffers ) Logical MKTG
5001 AO Nagpur MKTG

5050 Maharasthra (Buffers ) Logical MKTG

6001 AO Bellary MKTG
6050 Karnataka (Buffers ) Logical MKTG
7050 Tamil Nadu(Buffers)Logical MKTG
9001 Corporate MKTG
AOB1 Agri Output Business Plant 1 AOB
AOB2 AOB Plant2 - Rotterdam AOB
COMM Corporate Office - Hyderabad KKD
KKD1 Plant-1 Kakinada KKD
KKD2 Plant-2 Kakinada KKD
KKD3 Utility/Bagging/Other-Kakinada KKD
SD01 Seeds Plant 1 - Warangal SEED
SD02 Seeds Plant 2 - Sambalpur SEED
SD03 Seeds Plant 3 - Kurnool SEED
SD04 Seeds Plant 4 - Kompalli SEED
SD20 NFCL(P)Godown SEED
Aurangabad(Seed)
SD21 NFCL(P)Godown SEED
Bhubaneswr(Seed)
SD22 NFCL(P)Godown Bellary (Seed) SEED
SD23 NFCL(P)Godown Calcutta (Seed) SEED
SD24 NFCL(P)Godown Indore (Seed) SEED
SD25 NFCL (P) Godown Jaipur (Seed) SEED
SD26 NFCL(P)Godown Patna (Seed) SEED
SD27 NFCL(P)Godown Trichy (Seed) SEED
SF01 SFD Plant - Hyderabad 405 SFD
SF02 SFD Plant - Hyderabad SFD
SF03 SFD Plant - Nellore SFD
SF04 SFD Plant - Trichy 957 SFD
SF05 SFD Plant - Bangalore 959 SFD
SF06 SFD Plant - Bellary 903 SFD
SF07 SFD Plant - Sholapur 726 SFD
SF08 SFD Plant - Nasik 725 SFD
SF09 SFD Plant - Bareilly 651 SFD
SF11 SFD Plant - Karnal 756 SFD
SF12 SFD Plant - Bhatinda 894 SFD
SF13 SFD Plant - Ahmedabad SFD
SH01 Kakinada Shiphold MKTG
SH02 Vishakhapatnam Shiphold MKTG
SP01 Kakinada Port MKTG
SP02 Vishakhapatnam Port MKTG
SP03 Chennai Port MKTG
SP04 Krishnapatnam Port MKTG
2.2.2.4 Assign Purchasing Organization to reference Purchasing Organization

Different Purchasing Organisations are assigned to a reference Purchasing Organisation.
The Goal is to make the favourable conditions negotiated (and stored in the form of
conditions & contracts) by a certain Purchasing Organisation - the so-called reference
Purchasing Organisation - available to other Purchasing Organisations. The aim is thus
to facilitate working with conditions & contracts across purchasing organisation
boundaries.

Settings for NFCL:

Not relevant for NFCL.
2.2.2.5 Assign Warehouse number to plant/storage location

In order to SAP to recognize which storage locations in Materials Management are
controlled by the Warehouse Management system, the plant & storage location
combination is assigned to the Warehouse number.
Settings for NFCL:

Not relevant for NFCL.
2.3 CROSS-APPLICATION COMPONENTS

2.3.1 Characteristics
In this section, you define the settings required for maintaining characteristics.
Settings for NFCL:

SAP Std. settings retained for NFCL.
2.3.2 Classes
In this section, you define the settings that allow you to classify objects in your company.
A range of object types is predefined for classification in the standard R/3 System (for
example, materials and documents). You can use these immediately. However, you can
also create your own object types for classification or change the settings for existing
object types.
2.3.2.1 Maintain object keys

Settings for NFCL:
2.3.2.2 Maintain classifiable object types

Settings for NFCL:
2.3.2.3 Define class groups

In this step, you can group together classes with similar attributes in class groups. The
class group can then be used as a search criterion to make it easier to find classes (via
matchcode). Class groups are not created for a particular object type but are valid
for the classes of all classifiable object types.
Settings for NFCL:
Class Description

Group
01 Bearings
02 Oil Seals & 'O' Rings
03 Gaskets
04 V-Belts
05 Flanges
06 Valves
07 Pipes
08 Pipe Fittings
09 NFCL Mat. Group 9
10 Hoses
100 Misc. Eqpt. Testing
11 NFCL AOB Mat Grp.
13 Tools
14 Welding Material
15 Lab. Material
16 Fire Fighting Matl.
18 Catalysts
19 Chemicals
20 Oil & Lubricants
21 Paints
22 NFCL Seeds Mat. Grp.
24 Therml Insuln. Matl.
25 Civil Constrctn Matl
26 Metals
28 Hardware Material
29 Abrasives
31 Horticulture Items
32 Electrical Supplies
33 Instrumntn. Supplies
34 Cables
35 Communcn & Office Eqpt
36 Hospital Eqpt/Matl.
37 Printing & Stationry
38 Welfare Items
39 Packing Matl.
40 Misc. Consumables
41 Motors
42 Generators
43 Control Centres
44 Switch Gear
45 Transformers
46 Electronic Card/Eqpt
47 Telephone System
48 Electcl Wrkshp Eqpt

51 Compressor/Turbine/Blower 1
52 Exchangers
53 Furnace & Boiler
54 Engines
55 Pumps & Ejectors 1
56 Pumps and Ejectors
57 Vessels & Tanks
58 Material Handling
59 Mobile Equipment
61 Compressor/Turbine/Blower 2
65 Safety/Special Valves/Spares 1
66 Workshop Equipment
72 Special Machines
74 Safety/Special Valves/Spares 2
76 Analysers
77 Annunciation & Shutdown
78 Control Valves
79 DCS,PLC,DAS Instruments
80 Flow Instruments
81 Level Instruments
82 M/C Health Montr.Sys
83 Pressure Instruments
84 Receiver Instruments
85 Temp. Instruments
86 Transmitter & Transducer
87 Weigh Bridge& Wt M/C
88 Instrument Spares GT
97 Import Substitute items
98 Service Works
99 Job Works
SEEDS Seeds

NOTE : Classes of class type 001 (Material Class) have been created with respective
class groups in application system. Together with characteristics and their hierarchical
value definitions , classes and class groups form the backbone of the material
classification system for NFCL.

3 LOGISTICS - GENERAL

3.1 LOGISTICS MASTER DATA: MATERIAL MASTER

3.1.1 Material
3.1.1.1 Control data
3.1.1.1.1 Make Global Settings
In this step, global settings are made which are of a technical nature.
Settings for NFCL :

SAP Standard settings retained.
3.1.1.1.2 Initialize Company Code for Materials Management

If the material master is to be created, the material control record must exist for the
company code. The initialization for the first time can be carried out by entering the
current period for the company codes here. Alternatively, the period closing program
can be run to perform initialization. The initialized settings are shown below.
Settings For NFCL :

CC Company Year Peri Fiscal Prev. Fiscal Last Post to
Name od Year period year of month prev.
of the last of prev. period
prev. period of year allowed
period prev.
year
NFCL Nagarjuna 1999 11 1999 10 1998 12 
Fert &
Chem Ltd
3.1.1.1.3 Define attributes of material types

Each time a material master record is created, it must be assigned to a material type.
The material type is used to define the attributes that a material master record is to have.
Material types are used in the following areas :
 valuation
 bills of material
 routings
 Profit Center Accounting
 availability check in Sales and Distribution
The following material types have been created exclusively for NFCL :
MPKG - Packing Matl.MKTG – NFCL ( for Packing Materials of SD with external

alphanumeric no. range and no valuation )
RCON - Reconditioned Matl.(NFCL) ( for Reconditioned Materials in Plant with no
valuation)
NVNS - Non Value Non Stock Mat. ( for PP related material , see Production Planning
Systems Documentation for details)

The table below shows the material types which have been used for material master
creation for NFCL with their default (available) data views.
Settings For NFCL :
Material Types

View
Maintainability 
ROH HALB FERT ERSA HAWA VERP UNBW RCON MPKG NVNS
Basic Data X X X X X X X X X X
Classification X X X X X X X X X
Work Scheduling X X X X
MRP X X X X X X X X X X
Forecasting X X X X X X X X X
PRT
Purchasing X X X X X X X X X
Storage X X X X X X X X X
Sales X X X X X X
Accounting X X X X X X X
Costing X X X X
Plant Stocks X X X X X X X X X
Storage Location X X X X X X X X X
Stocks
QM X X X X X X X X X
WM X X X X X X X X
Qty Update in all X X X X X X X X X X

Valn. Area
Value Update in X X X X X X X
all Valn. Area
Price Control V V V V V V V
Mandatory Price
Control
Field Reference ROH HALB FERT ROH HAWA VERP ROH ROH VERP ROH
Production (Int)      
Orders
Purchase (Ext)          
Orders
External No.
Assignment w/o
check
Product Costing   
Item Category NORM NORM VERP VERP
Group
Acct.Cat.Ref. 0710 0710 0710 0710 0710 0710 0710 0710 0710 0710
0720 0720 0720 0720 0720 0720 0720 0720 0720 0720
1210 1210 1210 1210 1210 1210 1210 1210 1210 1210
3030 3030 3030 3030 3030 3030 3030 3030 3030 3030

3031 3031 3031 3031 3031 3031 3031 3031 3031 3031
3200 3200 3200 3200 3200 3200 3200 3200 3200 3200
Table Contd.
Material Types

View
Maintainability 
PIPE LEER IBAU
Basic Data X X X
Classification X X X
Work Scheduling
MRP X
Forecasting X
PRT
Purchasing X X
Storage X X
Sales X
Accounting X X
Costing
Plant Stocks X X
Storage Location X X
Stocks
QM X
WM X
Qty Update in all X

Valn. Area
Value Update in X
all Valn. Area
Price Control V V
Mandatory Price
Control
Field Reference ROH VERP ROH
Production (Int) 
Orders
Purchase (Ext) 
Orders
External No.
Assignment w/o
check
Product Costing
Item Category LEIH
Group
Acct.Cat.Ref. 0710 0710 0710
0720 0720 0720
1210 1210 1210

3030 3030 3030

3031 3031 3031
3200 3200 3200
3.1.1.1.4 Assign Material Types to Special Create Transactions

Here, the material types is assigned to special “CREATE” transactions. This allows to
create material master records of a particular material type direct, that is, from the menu.
Settings for NFCL:

3.1.1.1.5 Define Number Ranges

Here, the type of number assignment is defined and the number range intervals for
material master records. When creating a material master record, it must assigned a
unique number.
Settings for NFCL :
Material Type assignment to Number Range Groups :
NFCL Group 1 (Ext.No.Range - Numeric)

ERSA Spare parts
ROH Raw materials
UNBW Nonvaluated materials
VERP Packaging
NFCL Group 2 (Ext.No.Range -
Alphanumeric)
DIEN Services
FERT Finished products
FHMI Prod. resources/tools
HALB Semifinished products
HAWA Trading goods
HIBE Operating supplies
IBAU Maintenance assemblies
LEER Empties
MPKG Packing Matl.MKTG - NFCL
NLAG Non-stock materials
NVNS Non Value Non Stock Mat.
PIPE Pipeline materials
RCON Reconditioned Matl.(NFCL)
WERT Value-only materials
Number Range Group From Number To Number Ext

NFCL Group 1 (Ext.No.Range 000000000000010000 000000000099999999 
- Numeric)
NFCL Group 2 (Ext.No.Range A ZZZZZZZZ 
- Alphanumeric)

3.1.1.1.6 Define output format of material numbers

Here, the following are defined:
 length of material numbers (max. 18 characters )
 template for displaying or printing material numbers
 output with or without leading zeros
Settings for NFCL :
Length of Material No. 18

Lexicographical 
Leading Zeros
3.1.1.1.7 Define material statuses

The material status determines how a material is handled. For each material, a material
status can be set in the corresponding material master record. If a material has a material
status, the system NFCLl issue either a warning or an error message (depending on
which status you have chosen) if the material is used.
Settings for NFCL :
MM/PP Status Description

01 Blocked for procurement/whse
02 Blocked for task list/BOM
3.1.1.1.8 Define Attributes of messages
When Processing Material Master records, the system issues a number of system
messages of diifferent categories , containing important user information. The users can
process these further by defining versions of these messages and assigning relevant
versions to their user master records. The facility is common across modules and
functionalities.
Settings for NFCL :
SAP Standard Settings retained.
3.1.1.2 Define material groups

Material groups allows to group together materials with the same attributes or the same
function.
Settings for NFCL:
Material Matl Grp description

Group
01 Bearings
02 Oil Seals & 'O'Rings
03 Gaskets
04 V-Belts
05 Flanges
06 Valves
07 Pipes
08 Pipe Fittings
10 Pipes etc.
11 Promotion Matl CMC
13 Tools
14 Welding Material
15 Lab. Material
16 Fire Fighting Matl.
18 Catalysts
19 Chemicals
20 Oil & Lubricants
21 Paints
24 Thermal Insl. Matl.
25 Civil Constrctn Matl
26 Metals
28 Hardware Material
29 Abrasives
32 Electrical Supplies
33 Instrumntn. Supplies
34 Cables
35 Communcn&Office Eqpt
38 Welfare Items
39 Packing Matl.
40 Misc. Consumables
41 Motors
42 Generators
43 Control Centres
44 Switch Gear
45 Transformers
46 Electronic Card/Eqpt
47 Telephone System
48 Electcl Wrkshp Eqpt
51 Comprsr/Turbin/Blwr1
52 Exchangers
53 Furnace & Boiler
54 Engines
57 Vessels & Tanks
58 Material Handling
59 Mobile Equipment

61 Comprsr/Turbin/Blwr2
65 Safty/Spl Valv/Spr 1
66 Workshop Equipment
72 Special Machines
74 Safty/Spl Valv/Spr 2
76 Analysers
77 Annunciation & S/dwn
78 Control Valves
79 DCS,PLC,DAS Instrmnt
80 Flow Instruments
81 Level Instruments
82 M/C Health Montr.Sys
83 Pressure Instruments
84 Receiver Instruments
85 Temp. Instruments
86 Transmttr & Trnsducr
87 Weigh Bridge& Wt M/C
88 Instrument Spares GT
94 Import Subst.Items 1
97 Import Subst.Items 2
98 Service Works
99 Job Works
A00 CEREALS
A01 AOB - F & V
A02 AOB-Spices
A03 AOB-Pulses
A04 AOB-Nuts
A05 AOB-Cotton
A06 AOB-General
A07 AOB-Packing Material
ASM PM Assemblies
F01 Multi-k
F02 Polyfeed
F03 MAP
F04 MKP
F05 Magnisol
P21 TEEKA
P22 MONOCROWN
P23 SPEED
P24 QUICK
P25 CANNON
P26 SURAKSHA
P27 RAKSHA
P28 DIMITE
P29 MIDON
P30 CHALLENGE
P31 MALATHION
P32 ALPHAMETHRIN
P33 DASH
P34 TRIUMPH
P35 DECIS

P37 FENNY
P38 TREBON
P39 CIPLPADAN
P40 WIPER
P41 ANILOPHOS
P42 FORCE
P43 NARILON
P44 NAAGSTIM
P45 MAHAKILL
P48 FORCE10G
P49 SURYA
P51 PHORATE
P53 FURY
P56 ZEN
P57 ZEB
P58 BHC 50 %
P59 UPL RATOL
P60 BAGLOL
P63 PACE
P64 RAID
P65 BUMPER
P66 ATTACK GR
P68 COPPEROXO CHLORIDE
P70 CIPL PADAN 50SP
P81 BHC 10%
P83 SPEED 4% DUST
P84 SULPHUR
P85 FENNY
P86 WIPER 5G
P87 SMASH
P88 FAAST 2%
P89 ALERT
P90 FAAST
PROD_MAT Production Material
S01 SEED-Cereals
S02 SEED-Oil Seeds
S03 SEED-Fibres
S04 SEED-Fodders
S05 SEED-Vegetables
S06 SEED-Pulses
S07 SEED-Packing Matl.
S08 SEED-Others
T03 DAP
T04 MOP
T07 ZINC SULPHATE
T08 SSP
T50 AMMONIUM SULPHATE
T51 ZINC EDTA
T52 SPFT
T54 VEPA
T55 PLANTO
T56 TREBON

T57 CORRECT SOIL

T58 MAHAZINC
T59 MAHASHAKTI
T80 COMPLEXES
UM MFD UREA
UP POOLED UREA
UT TRADED UREA
3.1.1.3 Define laboratories and offices

To define the laboratories/offices allowed.
Settings for NFCL :
Not Required.
3.1.1.4 Define Divisions

Divisions are used to group together Material Master data. In Sales & Distribution,
the division is an organizational entity that is responsible for selling particular
products and in some cases, also for the profit made on these products
Settings for NFCL:
Division Division
Code Description
10 Urea
20 Other Fertilizer
30 Pesticides
40 Speciality Fertilizer
50 Seeds
60 Agri Output
3.1.1.5 Group Together units of measure

A Unit of measure Group can be stored in the material master record which will copy all
the Units of measure to the material using the conversion factor assigned. The
conversion factor relate to the material’s base unit of measure.
Settings for NFCL:

Not required.
3.1.1.6 Define storage conditions

To define the physical conditions under which a material is stored . This field is
maintained in the Storage view on a material master record.
Settings for NFCL :

SAP Std. Settings retained.
3.1.1.7 Define temperature conditions

This table is used to define the temperature conditions in which the materials are to be
stored.
Settings for NFCL :
Temperature Condition Description

Condition
01 Temp. Condition 1
02 Temp. Condition 2
03 0-4 Deg. Centigrade
04 18 Deg. Centigrade
05 27 Deg. Centigrade
3.1.1.8 Define container requirements

This is used to define the type of container in which the material is stored and shipped.
Settings for NFCL :
SAP Std. Settings retained.
3.1.1.9 Define Product Hierarchies

Product Hierarchies are used for Statistical Analysis or pricing. The Product hierarchy
groups materials by combining different characteristics. Each Characteristic is
represented by a specific product hierarchy level.
Settings for NFCL:
Defined under SD Documentation
3.1.1.10 Define Sales Statuses

Here, the material statuses that a material can have in SD are defined. It also defines
how the system responds when entering a sales and distribution document.
Settings for NFCL:
Defined under SD Documentation
3.1.1.11 Define Material Groups

Here, Material Groups are defined which can be used in material master for SD
transaction purposes.
Settings for NFCL:
Defined under SD Documentation.
3.1.1.12 EANs (International Article Numbers)

EAN is an internationally standardized number that uniquely identifies a specific material.
This number always relates to a particular unit of measure or type of packaging. The
International Article Number or EAN for short is normally assigned by the manufacturer of
the material.
Settings for NFCL:
Not required.
3.1.1.13 Configure customized material master

It is possible to configure the Material master maintenance structure in the form of screen
sequences, logical screens, and subscreens.
Settings for NFCL:

Not required.
3.1.1.14 Field Selection

In a Material Master record, the attributes can be defined for each field. It can be decided
which fields
 require an entry (required fields)
 allow an entry (optional fields)
 do not allow an entry (such fields are displayed only or hidden)
These input attributes depend on five factors:-
 Material Type
 Industry Sector
 Plant
 Transaction
 General Setting (Key KB for customers)
3.1.1.14.1 Assign fields to field selection groups

The specific input attribute of field selection groups in a material master record can be
defined in accordance with the field selection reference.
 Field Selection Reference for the Industry Sector
 Field Selection Reference for the plant
 Field Selection Reference for the material type
 Field Selection Reference for the transaction
 General Settings - KB Customer-Specific Settings
Settings For NFCL :

Material Group field in material master assigned to user defined Field Selection Group
111 and made mandatory for Industry Sector C . Otherwise SAP standard settings
retained.
3.1.1.14.2 Maintain data screen field selection

In a material master record, the specific attribute of each input field can be defined in
accordance with the field selection reference. This means it can be decided which fields
are optional, mandatory, suppressed etc.
Settings For NFCL :

Field Selection Reference:
C for Chemical Industry
ROH for ROH Material Type
HALB for HALB Material Type
FERT for FERT Material Type
KB for Customer Specific Settings
MM01 for Material Master Create Transaction
MM02 for Material Master Change Transaction
MM03 for Material Master Display Transaction
3.1.1.14.3 Define industry sectors and references for field selection

Here, Industry Sectors can be defined and field selection reference can be assigned to
the Industry Sector.
Settings for NFCL :

Industry Sector Industry Description Field Reference

C Chemical Industry C
Other SAP Standard settings retained.
3.1.1.14.4 Define reference for plant-specific field + screen Selection

Settings for NFCL :
All the plants are assigned to Maintenance Status : KDEVALBPQSZXCFG & Field
Reference 0001.
3.1.2 Field Selection for Batches and Vendor Consignment Goods

Settings for NFCL :
SAP standard settings retained.

3.2 LOGISTICS MASTER DATA - BUSINESS PARTNERS

3.2.1 Vendors
3.2.1.1 Define Account Groups and Field Selection
Here, account groups are defined for vendors. When creating a vendor master record, an
account group must be defined. Account group are used to determine
 which fields are ready for input and which fields require entries when creating and
changing master records
 whether the account is a one-time account
 whether the data retention levels sub-range and/or plant are allowed for a vendor master
record.
Settings for NFCL :
Account Account Group

Group Description
01 Vendor
02 Goods supplier
03 Alternative payee
04 Invoice presented by
05 Forwarding agent
06 Ordering address
07 Plants
12 Hierarchy nodes
100 Vendor distribution center
CPD One-time vend.(int.no.assgnmt)
CPDL One-time vend.(ext.no.assgnmt)
DARL Lender
EMPL NFCL - Employees (Ext. No.)
IMPR NFCL - Area Office Imprest
KRED NFCL - Purchases from Vendors
LIEF Vendor (ext.number assgnmnt)
LOAN NFCL - Institutional Loans
MNFR Manufacturer (ext.no.assgnmnt)
OTV NFCL - One-time vendors
REIS Commercial traveller
VERT Representative
3.2.1.2 Define Screen Layout Specific to Purchasing Organization

This table is used to define with reference to a purchasing organization which master
record fields
 are ready for input
 require an entry
 are hidden

Settings for NFCL :

Settings are not required for NFCL at Purchasing Organisation level.
3.2.1.3 Define Transaction Dependent Screen Layout

With reference to vendor master data transactions, field status can be defined master
record fields
 are ready for input
 require an entry
 are hidden
Settings for NFCL :

SAP standard settings are retained.
3.2.1.4 Define Number Ranges for Vendor Master Records

In this step, you define the number intervals of the number ranges for vendor master
records. When creating a vendor master record, a unique number is assigned that
identifies the master record. The number comes from the number range provided for the
account group.
Settings for NFCL :
No. From Number To Number External No. Range

Range Indicator
AO 0000012000 0000012999
EM 0000000001 0000009999 
FO 0000200000 0000299999
LO 0000011000 0000011999
ON 0000010000 0000010999
PU 0000013000 0000099999
Account Description Number range

group
01 Vendor
02 Goods supplier
03 Alternative payee
04 Invoice presented by
05 Forwarding agent FO
06 Ordering address
07 Plants
12 Hierarchy nodes
100 Vendor distribution center
CPD One-time vend.(int.no.assgnmt)
CPDL One-time vend.(ext.no.assgnmt)
DARL Lender
EMPL NFCL - Employees (Ext. No.) EM
IMPR NFCL - Area Office Imprest AO
KRED NFCL - Purchases from Vendors PU
LIEF Vendor (ext.number assgnmnt)

LOAN NFCL - Institutional Loans LO

MNFR Manufacturer (ext.no.assgnmnt)
OTV NFCL - One-time vendors ON
REIS Commercial traveller
VERT Representative
NOTE : Only the account groups which have no. ranges assigned to them are active. The
other account groups (SAP Std) have been retained but are inactive.
3.2.1.5 Maintain matchcodes

Settings for NFCL :
Not required for NFCL.
3.3 BATCH MANAGEMENT

3.3.1 Specify batch level and activate status management
Here you define at which level , material / plant / client , Batch is unique.
Settings for NFCL :
Batch unique at plant level.
NOTE : Batch status management ( whether batch is in restricted or unrestricted
use )is not active for NFCL.
3.3.2 Define system message attributes

When Processing Batch Master records, the system issues a number of system
messages of diifferent categories , containing important user information. The users can
process these further by defining versions of these messages and assigning relevant
versions to their user master records. The facility is common across modules and
functionalities.
Settings for NFCL :

SAP standard settings are retained.
3.3.3 Batch Number Assignment

In this section, you make the settings required to use internal or external batch
number assignment.
3.3.3.1 Activate internal batch number assignment
Settings for NFCL :
Automatic (Internal) Batch No. assignment is inactive for NFCL.
3.3.3.2 Maintain batch number assignment range
Settings for NFCL :
No. Range From To External No. range

indicator
01 0000000001 9999999999
02 A ZZZZZZ 

3.3.3.3 Configure Customer Exits for intern. batch number assignment

You can use SAP enhancement SAPLV01Z for internal batch number
assignment. This enhancement contains two function module exits that you
can use to define number ranges or templates for batch numbers.
Settings for NFCL :

Not required for NFCL
3.3.3.4 Set up customer exits for external batch number assignment

As part of the external batch number assignment, the following two
function module exits are available in the SAP enhancement SAPLV1ZE for
checking a new batch number that has been entered.
Settings for NFCL :

3.3.4 Initial batch creation

In this section you control initial batch creation for goods receipts.
3.3.4.1 Define batch creation for production order / process order
Settings for NFCL :
3.3.4.2 Define batch creation for goods movements

Settings for NFCL :
3.3.5 Characteristic Value Assignment for Batches

3.3.5.1 Update standard characteristics
This function updates the standard characteristics in the classification system reserved
for batch management so that they meet the requirements of any new functions.
Settings for NFCL :

Updation has been done for NFCL.
3.3.5.2 Valuation for goods movement in inventory management

In this section, you make the settings required for maintaining the batch master record
when creating batches, and for assigning batch characteristic values in inventory
management.
3.3.5.2.1 Activate batch classification for goods movements in I M

In this section, you specify for each movement type whether batch classification is
possible during goods movements and how it is to be carried out. If classification is
activated, the object characteristics contained in the batch class are assigned values
automatically.

Settings for NFCL :

Batch classification in foreground ( 3 ) has been activated for Movement types 103 and
105.
3.3.5.2.2 Customer exit for classification of user- defined characteristic

You use SAP enhancement MBCFC004 EXIT_SAPMM07M_004, which contains
function module exit EXIT_SAPMM07M_004 to classify user-defined characteristics
automatically during goods movements in Inventory Management.
Settings for NFCL :

3.3.5.2.3 Customer exit for maintning batch master data of new batches
You use SAP enhancement MBCFC003 EXIT_SAPMM07M_003, which contains
function module exit EXIT_SAPMM07M_003 to automatically maintain the master data of
new batches. You can use this function for master data which is not maintained during
goods movements in the standard. Furthermore, these characteristic values are also
used for classification if the characteristics are contained in the batch class.
Settings for NFCL :

3.3.5.3 Valuation for creation of new batches using function module

In this section, you use the central function module VB_CREATE_BATCH to maintain the
batch master record when creating batches and to assign batch characteristic values (for
example, in production order or process order).
Settings for NFCL :

3.3.6 Batch Status Management

Settings for NFCL :
3.3.7 Batch Determination and Batch Check

In this section, you make the settings that are required for batch determination
within individual applications. Batch determination is based on the condition
technique.
Settings for NFCL :

Batch Determination has been activated for SD module. Please refer SD documentation
for details.
3.3.8 Make settings for batch where-used list

In this activity, you make the settings required for the batch where-used list function. For
each plant, you define whether
 the batch where-used list function is to be active

 the batch where-used file is to be updated automatically whenever a goods movement

is posted.
When the batch where-used file is built up, the receipt and issue records required for the
batch where-used list are generated for the material document items. The system only
includes material document items for plants in which building up of the file is allowed.
Settings for NFCL :

Batch Where-Used List file has been set for Synchronous updation during goods
movement for all plants.
3.3.9 Active Ingredient Management

In this section you make the settings that are required for active ingredient management.
3.3.9.1 Activate active ingredient management

Settings for NFCL :
Proportion and product units have been activated for NFCL.
3.3.9.2 Proportion Units

In this section you define
 The units of measurement you want to use as proportion units
 How you want to calculate active ingredient proportions
Proportion units are distinct units of measure. The proportion unit key must be different to
that of the base unit of measure. This is to enable you to distinguish between units of
measure for active ingredients and physical quantities (in Purchase orders, for example).
The proportion unit must be dimensionless.
3.3.9.2.1 Maintain units of measure

Settings for NFCL :
Following UOMs are available for NFCL of which MTI has been defined for application
purposes.
Prop./prod.unit Ref. Unit text Dimension text

UoM
EU EU Enzyme Units (no dimensions)
GAI G Gram Mass
KAI KG Kilogram Mass
MLI ML Milliliter Volume
MTI TO Tonnes(Metric) Mass
3.3.9.2.2 Calculation of proportion for active ingredient management

In this section you define how the proportion is calculated for active
ingredient management.
3.3.9.2.3 Define percentage calculation
Settings for NFCL :
SAP Std. settings retained.
3.3.9.2.4 Define user-defined calculation

Propn./product. Measurement Unit text

UOM
EML Enzyme Units / Milliliter
G/L gram act.ingrd / liter
KIKI kg act.ingrd. / kg
PRC Percenatge Proportion
PRC has been defined as :
Prop./prod. unit MTI Metric Ton -Active Ingredient

-------------------------- = ----------------------------------------------
Base unit of measure TO Tonnes(Metric)
NOTE : The batch characteristic CONC_CHEM has been defined with this UOM , PRC
and assigned to the Batch(Class type 022) Class,CONC_CHEM within Org. area S. The
relevant material master record has been created with class- CONC_CHEM,
Proportion/Product unit maintained in Extras and batch management activated so that at
the time of material receipt the receiving batches are classified as per the characteristic
value / UOM and product/ active ingredient quantities are calculated from physical
quantities.
3.3.10 Product Quantities Management

In this section, you make the settings required for calculating & managing product
quantities from physical quantities. You need product quantity management in steel,
paper, chemical production e.g.
3.3.10.1 Activate product quantity management
Settings for NFCL :
Proportion and product units have been activated for NFCL.
3.3.10.2 Product units of measure

Settings for NFCL :
Settings same as that for Active Ingredient Management.
3.3.10.2.1 Maintain units of measure

Settings for NFCL :
3.3.10.2.2 Conversion for Product Quantities Management

Settings for NFCL :
3.3.10.2.3 Define calculation of product quantity from base quantity

Settings for NFCL :
3.3.10.2.4 Define calculation of base quantity from product quantity

Settings for NFCL :


4 MATERIALS MANAGEMENT

4.1 GENERAL SETTINGS

In this section, you make general settings for Materials Management.
4.1.1 Set material enqueue

Settings for NFCL :
4.1.2 Activate consignment prices using info records

Settings for NFCL :
4.2 CONSUMPTION-BASED PLANNING

Here, the settings are made for carrying out consumption-based planning & for
carrying out the material forecast. The Implementation Guide for consumption-
based planning simply represents a segment of the Implementation Guide for MRP.
Settings for NFCL :

Refer PP (MRP section) documentation for details.

4.3 PURCHASING
Here, the settings are made which are necessary for material procurement
activities.
4.3.1 Environment data

4.3.1.1 Define system message attributes:
In Purchasing, certain system messages containing important information for users may
be issued from time to time (for example, “Net Price of Purchase Order is higher than the
material price”)
Settings For NFCL :

4.3.1.2 Define default values for Buyers

In this step, you can change the standard settings of certain fields and functions for each
user. You define individual default values and assign them to certain user master records.
You assign default values that you maintained in customizing to a user by entering the
key of the default value into the parameter ID "EVO" in the user master record.
Settings For NFCL :

Default value Description

01 Default values for group 1
02 Default values for group 2
For 01 group in default indicator screen following entries have been changed.
Source Determination :
Create Requisition & Create PO Vendor Unknown – Checked.
Info. update Indicator :
For PO & Quotation set to ‘B’.
Order Acknowledgement requirement :
PO & Contract – Checked.
This default group is assigned to user master for all Kakinada Buyers.
4.3.1.3 Define Tax Jurisdiction
Settings for NFCL :

Default jurisdiction maintained is IN00 (Country India Tax Jurisdiction) for all plants.
Since India Localisation is active but not used in MM this setting is redundant for MM
related Logistics plants.
4.3.1.4 Maintain display type for date/period

In this step, you can maintain for each language the indicator, description and printout
text for the date type.
Settings For NFCL :

4.3.2 Material master

4.3.2.1 Define shipping instructions
To define packaging/shipping instructions in purchase orders. These are printed in PO.
Also compliance to shipping instructions can be defined and hence Vendor Evaluation
parameters determined.
Settings for NFCL :
Shipping Text: Shipping Instructions Print Shipping

Instructions Instructions
V1 Shipping instruction 1 
V2 Shipping instruction 2 
Shipping Compliance Text Compl w Score Compliance Short

Instructions shipping Inst. Default text –
GR slip
V1 01 Instruction 100  
complied with
V2 02 Instruction not 1 
complied with
4.3.2.2 Define purchasing value keys

In the material master record, the rules governing are maintained through Purchasing
Value keys which are defined in this section. These determine
 the issue of reminders and urging letters with respect to deliveries
 the admissibility of over and under-deliveries (overages and underages)
 order acknowledgment requirements for PO items, and
 shipping/packaging instructions
Settings for NFCL :
PV key Remin Remind Remind Underdelv(%) Overdelv(%) Unlim.

1 2 Overdelv.
1 10 20 30 0 0
2 0 0 0 5.0 5.0
3 0 0 0 0 0 X
4 10 20 30 5.0 5.0
5 0 0 0 10.0 10.0
6 0 0 0 20.0 20.0
4.3.2.3 Define manufacturer part profile

In this section, you create the profiles you need in order to work with manufacturer parts.
Settings For NFCL :
4.3.2.4 Entry aids for items without a material master

In this step, you can assign a purchasing value key and a valuation class
to a material group and aid in automatic account assignment for items without material
master.
Settings For NFCL :
Material Matl grp descr. Valuation Purch.value

group class key
01 Bearings 3042
02 Oil Seals & 'O'Rings 3042
03 Gaskets 3042
04 V-Belts 3042
05 Flanges 3042
06 Valves 3042
07 Pipes 3040
08 Pipe Fittings 3040
10 Pipes etc. 3042
11 Promotion Matl CMC
13 Tools 3040
14 Welding Material 3005
15 Lab. Material 3005
16 Fire Fighting Matl. 3005
18 Catalysts 3007
19 Chemicals 3004
20 Oil & Lubricants 3005
21 Paints 3006
24 Thermal Insl. Matl. 3000
25 Civil Constrctn Matl 3000
26 Metals 3000
28 Hardware Material 3040
29 Abrasives 3040
32 Electrical Supplies 3040
33 Instrumntn. Supplies 3040
34 Cables 3040
35 Communcn&Office Eqpt
38 Welfare Items 3043
39 Packing Matl. 3050
40 Misc. Consumables 3005
41 Motors 3040
42 Generators 3040
43 Control Centres 3040
44 Switch Gear 3040
45 Transformers 3040
46 Electronic Card/Eqpt 3040
47 Telephone System 3040
48 Electcl Wrkshp Eqpt 3040
51 Comprsr/Turbin/Blwr1 3040
52 Exchangers 3040

53 Furnace & Boiler 3040

54 Engines 3040
55 Pumps & Ejectors 1 3040
56 Pumps & Ejectors 2 3040
57 Vessels & Tanks 3040
58 Material Handling 3040
59 Mobile Equipment 3040
61 Comprsr/Turbin/Blwr2 3040
65 Safty/Spl Valv/Spr 1 3040
66 Workshop Equipment 3040
72 Special Machines 3040
74 Safty/Spl Valv/Spr 2 3040
76 Analysers 3040
77 Annunciation & S/dwn 3040
78 Control Valves 3040
79 DCS,PLC,DAS Instrmnt 3040
80 Flow Instruments 3040
81 Level Instruments 3040
82 M/C Health Montr.Sys 3040
83 Pressure Instruments 3040
84 Receiver Instruments 3040
85 Temp. Instruments 3040
86 Transmttr & Trnsducr 3040
87 Weigh Bridge& Wt M/C 3040
88 Instrument Spares GT 3040
90 Misc. Eqpt. Testing 3040
94 Import Subst.Items 1 3041
97 Import Subst.Items 2 3008
98 Service Works
99 Job Works
A00 CEREALS
A01 AOB - F & V
A02 AOB-Spices
A03 AOB-Pulses
A04 AOB-Nuts
A05 AOB-Cotton
A06 AOB-General
A07 AOB-Packing Material
ASM PM Assemblies
F01 Multi-k
F02 Polyfeed
F03 MAP
F04 MKP
F05 Magnisol
P21 TEEKA
P22 MONOCROWN
P23 SPEED
P24 QUICK
P25 CANNON
P26 SURAKSHA
P27 RAKSHA
P28 DIMITE

P29 MIDON
P30 CHALLENGE
P31 MALATHION
P32 ALPHAMETHRIN
P33 DASH
P34 TRIUMPH
P35 DECIS
P37 FENNY
P38 TREBON
P39 CIPLPADAN
P40 WIPER
P41 ANILOPHOS
P42 FORCE
P43 NARILON
P44 NAAGSTIM
P45 MAHAKILL
P48 FORCE10G
P49 SURYA
P51 PHORATE
P53 FURY
P56 ZEN
P57 ZEB
P58 BHC 50 %
P59 UPL RATOL
P60 BAGLOL
P63 PACE
P64 RAID
P65 BUMPER
P66 ATTACK GR
P68 COPPER OXO
CHLORIDE
P70 CIPL PADAN 50SP
P81 BHC 10%
P83 SPEED 4% DUST
P84 SULPHUR
P85 FENNY
P86 WIPER 5G
P87 SMASH
P88 FAAST 2%
P89 ALERT
P90 FAAST
PROD_MAT Production Material
S01 SEED-Cereals
S02 SEED-Oil Seeds
S03 SEED-Fibres
S04 SEED-Fodders
S05 SEED-Vegetables
S06 SEED-Pulses
S07 SEED-Packing Matl.
S08 SEED-Others
T03 DAP
T04 MOP

T07 ZINC SULPHATE

T08 SSP
T50 AMMONIUM SULPHATE
T51 ZINC EDTA
T52 SPFT
T54 VEPA
T55 PLANTO
T56 TREBON
T57 CORRECT SOIL
T58 MAHAZINC
T59 MAHASHAKTI
T80 COMPLEXES
UM MFD UREA
UP POOLED UREA
UT TRADED UREA
4.3.3 Vendor master

4.3.3.1 Define terms of payment
To define cash discount percentages and discount qualifying periods for payment.
Settings for NFCL:
Refer FI System Documentation.
4.3.3.2 Check Incoterms

“Inco-terms” are international rules for the interpretation of the most commonly used
terms of foreign trade.
Settings For NFCL :
IncoTerms Description Location

Mandatory
CFR Costs and freight X
CIF Costs, insurance & freight X
CIP Carraige & Insurance Paid X
CPT Carraige Paid X
DAF Delivered to frontier X
DDP Delivered duty paid X
DDU Delivered duty unpaid X
DEQ Delivered ex quay (duty paid) X
DES Delivered Ex Ship X
DST FOR Destination
EG EX Godown
EX EX
EXR Exrailhead
EXW Ex-vendor's works X
FAS Free along side ship X
FCA Free carrier X
FH Carraige Paid X
FOB Free on board X
FOD FOR Transp.godown-Kakinada X

FOL FOL
FOR Free on road/rail
FOT FOR Transp.godown-vendor place X
TDP free on truck duty paid
TRK free on truck
UN Not free
4.3.3.3 Define Text Types for Central Texts

In this step, you define the text IDs for the "general" part of vendor master records. Text
can be entered in the master records for each text ID, enabling you to store information
on the vendor in the master record.
Settings For NFCL :

For Text Object LFA1 – Central Vendor Texts, MM View
ID Description Relevant Text

0001 Accounting note X
0002 Purchasing memo X
GIR GIR No.
PAN PAN No.
4.3.3.4 Define Text Types for Purchasing Organization Texts

In this step, you define text IDs for the part of vendor master records that applies to
specific purchasing organizations. You can enter a text giving information on the vendor
for each text ID when you maintain master records.
Settings For NFCL :

For Text Object LFM1 – Vendor Texts, purchasing
ID Description Relevant Text

0001 Purchasing Memo X
ST02 Purch.org.-spec.test text
0002 Purchase Order Text X
4.3.3.5 Define Price Marking

4.3.3.6 Vendor Hierarchy
Both are IS – Retail specific settings.
Settings For NFCL :

4.3.3.7 Use of buyer without active HR

4.3.3.8 Default values for account group for customer creation
Settings For NFCL :


4.3.4 Create purchasing groups

A purchasing organization can be subdivided into purchasing groups, which are
responsible for certain day-to-day purchasing activities. A purchasing group may be an
individual or a group of individuals.
Settings for NFCL :
Purchasing Description Tel.no.

group purch.grp
ADM Genl. Items (CMC)
B01 Buyer Grp 1 (KKD) 0884 60126/7
B02 Buyer Grp 2 (KKD) 0884 60126/7
B03 Buyer Grp 3 (KKD) 0884 60126/7
B04 Buyer Grp 4 (KKD) 0884 60126/7
B05 Buyer Grp 5 (KKD) 0884 60126/7
B06 Buyer Grp 6 (KKD) 0884 60126/7
B07 Buyer Grp 7 (KKD) 0884 60126/7
B08 Buyer Grp 8 (KKD) 0884 60126/7
B09 Buyer Grp 9 (KKD) 0884 60126/7
BD Bus.Dev.Items(CMC)
C00 Cereals (AOB)
C01 F & V (AOB)
C02 Spices (AOB)
C03 Pulses (AOB)
C04 Nuts (AOB)
C05 Cotton (AOB)
C06 General (AOB)
C07 Packing Mat. (AOB)
CCM Commn.Items (CMC)
GN2 SEEDS General
GN3 General Items(CMC)
GN4 MKTG. General
IT IT. Items (CMC)
M10 Vizianagaram
M11 Kakinada
M12 Yanam
M13 Guntur
M14 Nellore
M15 AO Buyer 15
M16 AO Buyer 16
M20 Vijayawada
M21 Hyderabad
M22 Nizamabad
M23 Warangal
M24 Kurnool
M30 Bhubaneswar
M31 Sambalpur
M40 Calcutta
M41 Siliguri
M45 Patna

M50 Nagpur
M60 Bellary
M90 Corporate
M91 Distribution
OF Other Fertilizers
PMG Maintenance Group
PST Pesticides (MKTG)
SD1 Seeds Group (ALL)
SD2 Seeds Grp-Pckg Mat
SPF Splty Fertlsr(SFD)
UR Urea (MKTG)
4.3.5 Maintain Purchasing Area

Purchasing areas are only used in the info system and for master data reporting.
Purchasing areas have no relevance for data maintenance or authorization objects.
Settings For NFCL :

Not relevant for NFCL but SAP standard settings retained.
4.3.6 Purchasing Area Determination

Purchasing areas are assigned to purchasing organizations. This single level assignment
is necessary for defining who is responsible for dealing with which vendors and the
maintenance of their master data. A purchasing group within a purchasing organization
can only be assigned a maximum of one purchasing area.
Settings For NFCL :

Not relevant for NFCL but SAP standard settings retained.
4.3.7 Purchasing Info Record

4.3.7.1 Define Number Ranges
In this step, the number ranges are defined for purchasing info records. Generation of
info records numbers can be internal (by the system) or external (by the user). The
number range intervals are defined for each group of info records.
Settings for NFCL :

Groups :
Purchasing info record for stock material - IL
From number To number Ext

5300000001 5399999999
5400000001 5499999999 X
Purchasing info record for material group (non-stock mat.) - IN
From number To number Ext

5500000001 5599999999
5600000001 5699999999 X

4.3.7.2 Define Screen Layout

In the purchasing info record, the attributes of input fields can be controlled. It can be
specifed whether a field
 must be filled (required, or mandatory-entry field),
 can be filled (optional-entry field),
 is to be displayed
 is not to be displayed
Settings for NFCL :

4.3.7.3 Assign Text Types

In this step, it can be defined as to which text type from different purchasing documents
is adopted as what text type in the purchasing info record.
Settings for NFCL :

4.3.7.4 Maintain Inspection Certificate Categories

In this step, you can choose whether you wish to enter details pertaining to certificate
categories in the purchasing info record.
Settings for NFCL:

Not required for NFCL but standard SAP settings retained.
4.3.7.5 Define Price History

In this step, it can be specified for each purchasing organisation whether the order price
history to be updated using the net price or the effective price.
Settings for NFCL :

4.3.7.6 Maintain Matchcodes

In this step, the existing matchcodes for purchasing info records can be changed or
redefined.
Settings for NFCL :

Not required but Standard SAP settings retained.
4.3.8 Source list

4.3.8.1 Define source list requirement at plant level
In this step, the source list requirements are defined at plant level. If a source list
requirement exists, the source list must be maintained for each material before it can be
ordered.
Settings for NFCL :

Standard SAP settings retained.Source List is NOT mandatory at plant level.

In this step, the existing matchcodes for source list can be revised or redefined.
Settings for NFCL :
4.3.9 Quota arrangement

In this step, you make the system settings for quota arrangements.
Settings for NFCL :

Standard Settings :
Number Range Object : Quota Arrangement (Q)
From Number To Number Ext

0000000001 8999999999
4.3.9.2 Define quota arrangement usage

To define the keys summarizing the transactions that are taken into account for the quota
arrangement. These keys can be assigned to a material master record at plant level
(Purchasing view). The Quota arrangements can be used for the following transactions:
- Purchase orders
- Delivery schedules under scheduling agreements
- Materials Planning and Control
- Production Orders
- Purchase requisitions
- Planned orders
Standard Settings :
Quota Purchase SA Planned Purchase MRP Production

Usage Order Schedule Order Requisition Order
Line
1  
2    
3     
4.3.10 RFQ/quotation
In this section, you make the following system settings for :
 Requests for quotation (RFQs)
 Quotations
4.3.10.1 Define number ranges

In the step Number ranges, the number ranges are maintained for the following
Purchasing Documents.
 RFQ/Quotation
 Purchase Order
 Contract
 Scheduling Agreement
Settings for NFCL :

Number range object : PURCHASING DOCUMENT
No From number To number Ext

10 1000000001 1099999999
11 1100000001 1199999999
12 1200000001 1299999999
13 1300000001 1399999999
14 1400000001 1499999999
15 1500000001 1599999999
16 1600000001 1699999999
17 1700000001 1799999999
18 1800000001 1899999999
19 A ZZZZZZZ X
20 2000000001 2099999999
21 2100000001 2199999999
22 2200000001 2299999999
23 2300000001 2399999999
25 2500000001 2599999999
30 3000000001 3099999999
31 3100000001 3199999999
32 3200000001 3299999999
33 3300000001 3399999999
34 3400000001 3499999999
35 3500000001 3599999999
36 3600000001 3699999999
38 3800000001 3899999999
40 4000000001 4099999999
41 4100000001 4199999999
42 4200000001 4299999999
43 4300000001 4399999999
44 4400000001 4499999999 X
45 4500000001 4599999999
46 4600000001 4699999999
50 5000000001 5099999999
51 5100000001 5199999999
52 5200000001 5299999999
53 5300000001 5399999999
55 5500000001 5599999999
56 5600000001 5699999999 X
60 6000000001 6099999999
61 6100000001 6199999999 X
62 6200000001 6299999999
63 6300000001 6399999999
64 6400000001 6499999999

65 6500000001 6599999999
66 6600000001 6699999999
68 6800000001 6899999999
70 7000000001 7099999999
72 7200000001 7299999999
80 8000000001 8099999999
83 8300000001 8399999999
85 8500000001 8599999999
90 9000000001 9099999999
92 9200000001 9299999999
93 9300000001 9399999999
95 9500000001 9599999999
96 9600000001 9699999999
98 9800000001 9899999999
99 9900000001 9999999999
4.3.10.2 Define document types

SAP System manages purchase requisitions, RFQs/quotations, purchase orders, and
outline purchase agreements as documents. Each document is assigned to a certain
document type. The document type determines such things as number assignment and
the screen layout of the document.
You can define new document types if you wish to -
 adopt documents that already have predefined numbers from a legacy system
 output certain purchase orders using a different layout set (electronic form) than the
standard one
 carry out an analysis of just this document type
In this step, you can do the following:

 create new document types
 make the following settings for a document type:
- define item interval
- define allowed item categories per document type
specify which document type and which item category the requisition must have in order
for it to be converted into a purchase order.
 assign a number range interval to a document type
- for external number assignment
- for internal number assignment
 define further characteristics of the document types, such as
- update group
- field selection reference key
Settings for NFCL:

RFQ/Quotation Document types

Document Description Item No. range, Extern. Fld.sel.ref. Update
type interval int. no.range key group
AN RFQ 10 60 61 ANA NFCL
ZAIM AOB Imports 1 68 ANA NFCL
RFQ/Quot
ZAMC Kakinada AMC RFQ 1 15 ANA NFCL
ZAOB AOB Std 1 63 AOB NFCL
RFQ/Quotn
ZCMC CMC(Corp)Std 1 21 ANA NFCL
RFQ/Qtn
ZKBG Kakinada Bags 1 11 PT3A NFCL
RFQ/Qt
ZKCP Kakinada Capital 1 11 PT3A NFCL
RFQ
ZKIM Kakinada Imports 1 11 PT3A NFCL
RFQ
ZKKD Kakinada Std 1 11 PT3A NFCL
RFQ/Qt
ZKSR Kakinada Service 1 13 ANA NFCL
RFQ
ZMPS Mktg.Pesticides 1 31 ANA NFCL
Quot
ZMSR Mktg.Service RFQ- 1 33 ANA NFCL
SD
ZMST Mktg.Trnsprtn RFQ- 1 33 ANA NFCL
SD
ZSED Seeds Std 1 51 ANA NFCL
RFQ/Quotn
ZSFD Spclty Fert 1 41 ANA NFCL
RFQ/Quot
ZTIM Trd.Fert.Imp 1 31 ANA NFCL
RFQ/Qtn
ZTRD Trd.Fert.Std 1 31 ANA NFCL
RFQ/Qtn
NOTE :
FSGs PT3A and AOB have been defined for Subcontracting RFQs and AOB (not being
used at present ) RFQ/Quotations respectively.
Statistics Update Group NFCL has been defined to update PURCHIS ( Info system) for all
purchasing document types.
4.3.10.2.1 Allowed item categories

For each document type as defined above item category assignments are necessary for
allowability of transactions. The following table shows a sample assignment, that for RFQ
type ZKKD. Due to the high volume of the data , the settings for each and every doc. type
has not been included in this documentation but a sample assignment shown for clarity.
RFQ/Quotation document type : ZKKD

Item Category Text for Item Category

Standard
L Subcontracting
S Third-party
D Service
4.3.10.2.2 Link Purchase Requisition to Document type

For each document type and item category as defined above Purchase Requistion
doc.type and item category assignments are necessary for allowability of transactions.
The following table shows a sample assignment, that for RFQ type ZKKD. Due to the high
volume of the data , the settings for each and every ‘Doc. type – item category-PurReq.-
Item category’ has not been included in this documentation but a sample assignment
shown for clarity.
RFQ type : ZKKD & All Item Categories
Purchase Item cat. PReq. Doc. type Item category RFQ

Req.doc.type RFQ
FO Standard ZKKD Standard

FO Standard ZKKD Subcontracting
FO Service ZKKD Service
NB Standard ZKKD Standard
NB Standard ZKKD Subcontracting
NB Consignment ZKKD Standard
NB Consignment ZKKD Subcontracting
NB Third-party ZKKD Standard
NB Third-party ZKKD Subcontracting
NB Third-party ZKKD Third-party
NB Service ZKKD Service
RV Standard ZKKD Standard
RV Standard ZKKD Subcontracting
RV Consignment ZKKD Standard
RV Consignment ZKKD Subcontracting
RV Service ZKKD Service
ZCMC Standard ZKKD Standard
ZCMC Standard ZKKD Subcontracting
ZCMC Consignment ZKKD Standard
ZCMC Consignment ZKKD Subcontracting
ZCMC Subcontracting ZKKD Subcontracting
ZCMC Third-party ZKKD Standard
ZCMC Third-party ZKKD Subcontracting
ZCMC Third-party ZKKD Third-party
ZCMC Service ZKKD Service
ZKFO Standard ZKKD Standard
ZKFO Standard ZKKD Subcontracting
ZKFO Service ZKKD Service
ZKKD Standard ZKKD Standard
ZKKD Standard ZKKD Subcontracting
ZKKD Consignment ZKKD Standard
ZKKD Consignment ZKKD Subcontracting

ZKKD Subcontracting ZKKD Subcontracting

ZKKD Third-party ZKKD Standard
ZKKD Third-party ZKKD Subcontracting
ZKKD Third-party ZKKD Third-party
ZKKD Service ZKKD Service
ZKOA Standard ZKKD Standard
ZKOA Standard ZKKD Subcontracting
ZKOA Consignment ZKKD Standard
ZKOA Consignment ZKKD Subcontracting
ZKOA Service ZKKD Service
4.3.10.3 Define release procedures

This step explains how to set up the release procedure with classification.
Settings for NFCL :
No release strategy required for NFCL for RFQs / Quotations.
4.3.10.4 Define screen layout at Document level

You can control input field attributes at document level for a request for quotation (RFQ)
or quotation. You can determine which fields
 require input (required-, or mandatory-entry, fields)
 allow input (optional-entry fields)
 prohibit input (display or suppress fields)
Control of the input attribute of a field depends on the SAP transaction.In order to get a
specific entry attribute, you must make your settings in menu option "Screen layout" with
reference to the transaction concerned.
Settings for NFCL :

Field Selection Group PT3A and AOB defined for Subcontracting RFQ. Otherwise
4.3.10.5 Maintain rules for copying of Text

In this step, you check the standard settings for the text types of RFQs/quotations.
Furthermore, you can create your own text types and define rules for the adoption of texts
from other objects (for example, material master record or purchasing document).
You can adopt texts for RFQs/quotations from the following objects:
 Header texts:
- contracts
- scheduling agreements
- vendor master record
 Item texts:
- purchase requisitions
- contracts
- scheduling agreements
- material master record
Specify which text type of the purchasing document (for example contract)
is adopted as which text type of the RFQ or quotation.
Settings for NFCL :

For Item Texts Basic Data Text og material master has been made the adoption text in
Material PO Text of the relevant document. Otherwise Standard SAP settings retained.
4.3.10.6 Maintain Quotation comments

In this step, you can store internal comments in the quotation record for quotation
management purposes.
Settings for NFCL :

Quotation Internal comment

Comment Description Text
AB1 Rejection for price reasons
AB2 Rejection for quality reasons
OK1 OK for price reasons
OK2 OK on quality grounds
4.3.10.7 Define Tolerance Limit for archiving

Here, the periods are specified that must expire before a RFQ/Quotation item is
deactivated (Residence Time 1) or a deactivated RFQ is archived (Residence Time 2)
after the reorganization program is run.
Settings for NFCL:

Standard SAP settings retained. No settings done for NFCL.
4.3.11 Purchase requisition

In this section, you make the system settings for purchase requisitions.
4.3.11.1 Define document types and number ranges

Settings for NFCL :
No. range Object : Purchase Requistion

No From No. To No. Ext. No.
Range
Indicator
01 0010000001 0019999999
02 0090000001 0099999999 X
10 1000000001 1099999999
12 1200000001 1299999999
14 1400000001 1499999999
15 1500000001 1599999999
20 2000000001 2099999999
25 2500000001 2599999999
30 3000000001 3099999999
32 3200000001 3299999999
34 3400000001 3499999999
35 3500000001 3599999999
40 4000000001 4099999999

45 4500000001 4599999999
50 5000000001 5099999999
60 6000000001 6099999999
65 6500000001 6599999999
70 7000000001 7099999999
80 8000000001 8099999999
85 8500000001 8599999999
90 9000000001 9099999999
93 9300000001 9399999999
95 9500000001 9599999999
97 9700000001 9799999999
4.3.11.2 Define Document Types
The SAP system manages Purchase Requisitions, RFQs/Quotations, Purchase Orders,

and outline Purchase Agreements as documents. Each document is assigned to a
certain document type. The document type determines such things as number
assignment and the screen layout of the document.
Settings for NFCL:
Purchase Requisition Document types

Doc. Description Item Internal External Fld.sel. Contrl Overall Varnt
type intervl Number Number Ref.Key release
Range Range Reqd.
FO Framework requisn. 10 01 02 FOF SRV

NB Purchase requisition 10 25 02 NBB 
RV Outl. agmt. requisn. 10 01 02 RVB R
ZAIM AOB Imports Pur Req 1 65 NAOB 
ZAMC Kakinada AMC PR 1 14 NBB 
ZAOB AOB Std Pur Reqn 1 60 NAOB T 
ZAST AOB Stk Trnsfr PR 1 70 NBB 
ZCMC CMC(CorP)Std Pur Req 1 20 NBB 
ZKBG Kakinada Bags PR 1 10 NBB 
ZKCP Kakinada Capital PR 1 10 NBB 
ZKFO Kakinada Frmwrk PR 1 10 FOF SRV
ZKIM Kakinada Imports PR 1 10 NBB 
ZKKD Kakinada Std Pur Req 1 10 NBB 
ZKOA KKD Outln Agrmnt PR 1 10 RVB R 
ZKSR Kakinada Service PR 1 12 NBB 
ZKST Kakinada Stk Trfr PR 1 34 NBB T 
ZMPS Mktg. Pesticides PR 1 30 NBB 
ZMSR SD-ESM Service PR 1 32 NBB 
ZMST SD-ESM Transprtn PR 1 32 NBB 
ZSED Seeds Std Pur Reqn 1 50 NBB 
ZSFD Spcl.Fert.Pur Reqn 1 40 NBB 
ZSST Seeds Stk Trnsfr PR 1 50 NBB T 

ZTIM Tr.Fertilizer IMP PR 1 30 NBB 

ZTRD Tr.Fertilizer STD PR 1 30 NBB 
NOTE : Assignments similar to RFQ document type exist for Pur. Req. document types
also i.e. each PR doc. type is assigned to some Item categories and each PR doc. type –
Item category combination is assigned certain Purchasing Doc. type – item category
combination(s). No transaction for the PR doc type-item category combination can
happen if the relevant combinations are not set in this particular table.
4.3.11.3 Processing Time
The processing time is the time required by the buyer to convert a requisition into a
purchase order. The processing time is taken into account during the scheduling process
for externally procured materials within the framework of materials planning and control.
Settings for NFCL:
Plant Description Purchasing

processing
time
1001 VIZIANAGRAM (Logical) 0
1002 Vizianagaram 0
1003 Amadalvalsa 0
1004 Anakapalli 0
1101 AO Kakinada 0
1102 Tanuku 0
1103 Tadepalligudem 0
1104 Eluru 0
1105 Dwarapudi 0
1106 Bhimavaram 0
1150 Not to be used (to be deleted) 0
1199 Ethakote 0
1201 Yanam 0
1301 AO Guntur 0
1302 Chirala 0
1303 Guntur 0
1304 Narasaraopeta 0
1305 Ongole 0
1306 Tenali 0
1307 Sattenapalli 0
1308 Nadikudi 0
1401 AO Nellore 0
1402 Kavali 0
1403 Renigunta 0
1404 Nellore 0
1405 Cuddapah 0
1451 Chittoor 0
2001 AO Vijayawada 0
2002 Vijayawada 0
2003 Gudivada 0
2004 Khammam 0

2005 Bhadrachalam Road 0

2050 not to be used (to be deleted) 0
2102 Hyderabad 0
2103 Miryalaguda 0
2201 AO Nizamabad 0
2202 Kamareddy 0
2203 Nizamabad 0
2204 Adilabad 0
2301 AO Warangal 0
2302 Warangal 0
2303 Peddapalli 0
2350 Karimnagar 0
2401 AO Kurnool 0
2402 Adoni 0
2403 Jadcherla 0
2404 Mahabubnagar 0
2405 Kurnool 0
2406 Anantapur 0
2407 Nandyal 0
3001 AO Bhubaneswar 0
3002 Bhadrak 0
3003 Balasore 0
3004 Khurda Road 0
3005 Berhampur 0
3006 J K Road 0
3007 Cuttack 0
3008 not to be used (to be deleted) 0
3101 AO Sambalpur 0
3102 Rayagada 0
3103 Jeypore 0
3104 Kesinga 0
3105 Bargarh 0
3106 Sambalpur 0
3107 Jharsuguda 0
3108 Bolangir 0
4001 Area Office WB Plant 0
4050 West Bengal (Buffers)-Logical 0
4051 National Industries Dum Dum 0
4052 TDC Cossimbazar 0
4053 Mangla Traders Burdwan 0
4501 AO Patna 0
4550 Bihar (Buffers ) Logical 0
5001 AO Nagpur 0
5050 Maharasthra (Buffers ) Logical 0
6001 AO Bellary 0
6050 Karnataka (Buffers ) Logical 0
7050 Tamil Nadu(Buffers)Logical 0
9001 Corporate 0
AOB1 Agri Output Business Plant 1 1
AOB2 AOB Plant2 - Rotterdam 1
COMM Corporate Office - Hyderabad 1
KKD1 Plant-1 Kakinada 1

KKD2 Plant-2 Kakinada 1

KKD3 Utility/Bagging/Other-Kakinada 1
SD01 Seeds Plant 1 - Warangal 1
SD02 Seeds Plant 2 - Sambalpur 1
SD03 Seeds Plant 3 - Kurnool 1
SD04 Seeds Plant 4 - Kompalli 1
SD20 NFCL(P)Godown Aurangabad(Seed) 1
SD21 NFCL(P)Godown Bhubaneswr(Seed) 1
SD22 NFCL(P)Godown Bellary (Seed) 1
SD23 NFCL(P)Godown Calcutta (Seed) 1
SD24 NFCL(P)Godown Indore (Seed) 1
SD25 NFCL (P) Godown Jaipur (Seed) 1
SD26 NFCL(P)Godown Patna (Seed) 1
SD27 NFCL(P)Godown Trichy (Seed) 1
SF01 SFD Plant - Hyderabad 405 0
SF02 SFD Plant - Hyderabad 0
SF03 SFD Plant - Nellore 0
SF04 SFD Plant - Trichy 957 0
SF05 SFD Plant - Bangalore 959 0
SF06 SFD Plant - Bellary 903 0
SF07 SFD Plant - Sholapur 726 0
SF08 SFD Plant - Nasik 725 0
SF09 SFD Plant - Bareilly 651 0
SF11 SFD Plant - Karnal 756 0
SF12 SFD Plant - Bhatinda 894 0
SF13 SFD Plant - Ahmedabad 0
SH01 Kakinada Shiphold 1
SH02 Vishakhapatnam Shiphold 1
SP01 Kakinada Port 1
SP02 Vishakhapatnam Port 1
SP03 Chennai Port 1
SP04 Krishnapatnam Port 1
4.3.11.4 Release procedure

The Release Procedure for Purchase Requisition is set up here.
4.3.11.4.1 Set up procedure without classification
One can release (approve) requisitions automatically for the issue of RFQs or purchase
orders. For release purposes, you must define strategies, which the SAP System sets up
taking the following into consideration:
 account assignment category
 material group
 plant
 purchase requisition value
Settings for NFCL:

Not relevant for NFCL. Standard SAP settings retained.
4.3.11.4.2 Set up procedure with classification

This step explains how to set up the release procedure with classification.

The procedure involves first defining classes and characteristics for release procedures in
MM Classification and then setting up of the release strategy.
Selection of the fields which are relevant to the release procedure should be from those
that are offered in the communication structure CEBAN (e.g. MATKL for material group,
and GSWRT for the value of the item).
Defining Release Strategy Characteristic :

After creating the relevant release strategy chracteristic, in the “Additional data” screen of
the characteristic you choose fields from the communication structure CEBAN and enter
the name of the table and the field to be assigned, e.g. table CEBAN to field GSWRT. If a
currency-dependent field is involved (e.g. GSWRT), you must specify the currency to be
used by the classification system via the function "Extras -> Format specifications". The
system will then translate the purchasing document currency into this currency.
Choose "Goto -> Basic data" in order to check in the Data Dictionary existing texts
relating to the chosen fields from the communication structure. Set the indicator "multi-
value" in the area "Value assignment" via the menu path "Extras -> Format specification".
This allows you not only to maintain the characteristic values as individual values but also
to enter several values or value intervals if necessary. Choose "Goto -> Restrict to class
type", in order, for example to restrict the class type to "032" for the release strategy.
Settings for NFCL:

The Characteristics defined for NFCL for PR Release Strategy are :
PR_REL1 – Total value of the PR (Table CEBAN – Field GFWRT)
PR_REL2 – Plant (Table CEBAN – Field WERKS)
Defining Relese Strategy Class:

The Release Strategy Class should be of Class Type "032" (for release strategy). The
Release strategy relevant characteristics are then assigned to this class.
Settings for NFCL:

The Class defined for NFCL for PR Release Strategy is :
PR_REL – PR Release Class. Both the characteristics have been assigned to this class.
4.3.11.4.3 Define Release Groups
Release Release Object Overall Req.Rel. Class RG Description

Group
01 1  PR_REL Rel. Grp.- PR value
4.3.11.4.4 Define Release Codes
Release Release Workflow Description

Group Codes
01 AG Asst. General Mgr.
01 DG Deputy General Mgr.
01 DI Director
01 GM General Manager
01 MG Manager
01 SM Senior Manager

4.3.11.4.5 Define Release Indicators
Release Description
Indicators
1 Request for quotation
2 RFQ/purchase order
3 RFQ/PO no change of date
4 RFQ/PO no changes
5 Requisition Blocked
A Fixed RFQ
B Fixed RFQ/purchase order
Note : The release indicators relevant for NFCL are 2 & 5.
Release Fixed for Released Released Field Changeable Permissble

Indicatr MRP for Quot. for Ord. Sel.Ref. after Release Value
Key - Code Change (%)
1  FZ01 4 5.0
2   FZ01 4 5.0
3   FZ02 4 5.0
4  FZ03 4 5.0
5 FZ01 4 5.0
A   FZ01 4 5.0
B    FZ01 4 5.0
4.3.11.4.6 Define Release Strategy
Release Release Description Release Release Rel.

Group Strategy Codes Prerequisite Status
01 R1 Rel.Strategy(<5Lac) MG - Released
01 R2 Rel.Strategy(5-10L) MG - Blocked
SM MG Released
SM MG Blocked
AG MG,SM Released
SM MG Blocked
AG MG,SM Blocked
DG MG,SM,AG Released
01 R5 Rel.Strategy(50-100L MG - Blocked
SM MG Blocked
AG MG,SM Blocked
DG MG,SM,AG Blocked
GM MG,SM,AG,DG Released

01 R6 Rel.Strategy (>1cr) MG - Blocked

SM MG Blocked
AG MG,SM Blocked
DG MG,SM,AG Blocked
GM MG,SM,AG,DG Blocked
DI MG,SM,AG,DG,GM Released
Release PR_REL1 Value PR_REL1 Value PR_REL2 Value

Strategy (From ) INR (To) INR
R1 < 500000 COMM,KKD1,KKD2,KKD3
R2 500000 1000000 COMM,KKD1,KKD2,KKD3
R3 1000001 2000000 COMM,KKD1,KKD2,KKD3
R4 2000001 50000000 COMM,KKD1,KKD2,KKD3
R5 50000000 100000000 COMM,KKD1,KKD2,KKD3
R6 > 100000000 COMM,KKD1,KKD2,KKD3
4.3.11.4.7 Define Workflow

Settings for NFCL:
4.3.11.5 Define screen layout at document level

Settings for NFCL :
Field Selection Group NAOB defined for AOB as a copy FSG NBB but it is not to be used
now. Otherwise Standard SAP settings retained.
4.3.11.6 Define Rules for copying of Text

Settings for NFCL :
Standard SAP settings retained except for Material Master Basic Data text made as
adoption text in material PO text in document.

Here, the periods are specified that must expire before a purchase Requisition item is
deactivated (Residence Time 1) or a deactivated purchase Requisition is archived
(Residence Time 2).
Settings for NFCL:

4.3.11.8 Set up stock transport requisition

Inter-plant stock transfer transactions involving longer-distance transport can only be
handled via the MM module or with the aid of the SD module.
Settings for NFCL :
Settings for NFCL :

Standard SAP settings retained. No settings for NFCL.
4.3.11.9.1 Set up authorization check for G/L accounts

In this step, you set up the authorization check for G/L accounts in the case of
purchase requisitions. You can determine whether or not the authorization check is
to be active for each company code. If the check is active, each time a G/L account
is entered in a purchase requisition, the system checks whether the user has the
posting authorization for the specified account.
Settings for NFCL :

4.3.12 Purchase Order

The number ranges for purchasing documents are maintained here.
Settings for NFCL :

Please refer 4.3.10.1 for Purchasing Document Number Range Intervals.
Settings for NFCL :
PO Document types
Doc. Description Item Int.No. Ext.No. Fld.Sel. Update Control Variant
type intvl Range Range Ref.key Group
DB Dummy purchase order 10 45 41 NBF NFCL

FO Framework order 10 45 41 FOF NFCL SRV
NB Standard PO 10 45 41 NBF NFCL
UB Stock transport ord. 10 45 41 UBF NFCL T
ZAIM AOB Imports PO 1 65 19 NBF NFCL
ZAMC Kakinada AMC Rel.PO 1 14 19 NBFT NFCL
ZAOB AOB Standard PO 1 60 19 NBF NFCL
ZAST AOB Stk Trnsfr PO 1 70 19 UBF NFCL T
ZCMC CMC(Corp) Std PO 1 20 19 NBFT NFCL
ZKBG Kakinada Bags PO 1 10 19 NBFT NFCL
ZKCP Kakinada Capital PO 1 10 19 NBFT NFCL
ZKFO Kakinada Framewrk PO 1 20 19 FOF NFCL SRV
ZKIM Kakinada Imports PO 1 10 19 NBFT NFCL
ZKKD Kakinada Standard PO 1 10 19 NBFT NFCL
ZKNG Kakinada Natl.Gas PO 1 16 19 NBFT NFCL
ZKSR Kakinada Service PO 1 12 19 NBFT NFCL
ZKST Kakinada Stk Trfr PO 1 18 19 NBFT NFCL T
ZMPS Pesticides Std PO-SD 1 30 19 NBFT NFCL
ZMSR Mktg Service PO-SD 1 30 19 NBFT NFCL
ZMST Mktg Trnsptn Serv PO 1 30 19 NBFT NFCL
ZPPS STA ROAD-PORT 1 32 UBF NFCL T

ZPPT STA RAIL-PORT 1 32 UBF NFCL T

ZPRT STA RAIL-PLANT 1 36 UBF NFCL T
ZPST STA ROAD-PLANT 1 36 UBF NFCL T
ZSED Seeds Standard PO 1 50 19 NBFT NFCL
ZSFD Spclty Fertiliser PO 1 40 19 NBFT NFCL
ZSFT SFD Stk Transfer PO 1 42 19 UBF NFCL T
ZSST Seeds Stk Trnsfr PO 1 52 19 UBF NFCL T
ZSTA Mktg Warehouse STA 1 19 UBF NFCL T
ZTIM Traded Fert. PO(Imp) 1 30 19 NBFT NFCL
ZTRD Traded Fert. PO(Dom) 1 30 19 NBFT NFCL
NOTE : Assignments similar to RFQ document types exist for Purchase Order document
types also i.e. each PO doc. type is assigned to some Item categories and each PO doc.
type – Item category combination is assigned certain Purchase requistion doc. type –
item category combination(s). No transaction for the PO doc type-item category
combination can happen if the relevant combinations are not set in this particular table.
4.3.12.3 Set tolerance limits

To define the tolerance limits for price variances. When processing a purchase order, the
system checks whether the effective price of a PO item shows variances compared with
the valuation price stored in the material master record. In addition, it checks whether or
not a specified cash discount value is admissible.
Settings for NFCL :
Company Tolerance Lower Upper Description

Code Key Limit % Limit %
NFCL PE 20 10 Price variance:
purchasing
NFCL SE 10 Max. cash disc.
deduction purchasing

Here, the settings are made for Release Procedure with Classification.
It is to be noted that the Purchasing Documents can only be released in their entirety.
There is no provision for Itemwise release.
Settings for NFCL :

Release Group
Release Group Release Object Class Description
.
Release Code
Release Group Release Code Workflow Description
Release Indicator
Release Released Changeability Value Description

Indicator Change %
Release Strategy
Release Group Release Strategy Description
Release Group Release Strategy Release Codes
NOTE : Till the time of documentation the PO Release Strategies have not been finalised.
If and when they are finalised they will be incorporated subsequently.
Settings for NFCL :
The FSG NBFT has been created and assigned to all NFCL PO document types. This
has ‘Start of validity’ and ‘End of validity’ fields as optional and ‘GR-based IV Indicator’ as
mandatory. Option is open to System administrators / Core Users to make PO ‘Net price’
field display only, once Pur.Info Record maintainance as a business process becomes
regularised. Apart from these, SAP Standard settings retained.
4.3.12.6 Define Rules for Copying of Text
Settings for NFCL :

SAP Standard Settings retained except for Basic data text of material master being
defined as adoption text in Material PO text.
4.3.12.7 Define Tolerance Limit for Archiving
In this step, the period that must expire before a PO item is deactivated and a deactivated
PO Item is archived is defined.
Settings for NFCL:

4.3.12.8 Set up Stock Transport Order

If it is required to carry out an inter-plant stock transfer through SD , then this
configuration is required to be carried out. Here, it is required to maintain the customer
number of the receiving plant. This customer number is used in SD shipping to identify
the goods recipient (ship-to party) if it has been specified in Customizing that a stock
transfer is to be effected with an SD delivery.
Settings for NFCL :
Please refer SD System documentation for details.

4.3.12.9 Set up Stock Transport Order

For the supply of the input materials to be provided with respect to subcontract purchase
orders, you have the option of creating an SD delivery from the list of stocks for a
subcontractor. In this step, you can specify a delivery type for the delivery of materials to
be provided to the subcontractor.
Settings for NFCL :

4.3.12.9.1 Define reasons for ordering

In this step, you define possible reasons for ordering. These describe why a purchase
order was placed. You can enter the reason for ordering in the additional data for an item
when creating or maintaining a purchase order. The "reason for ordering" can also be
used to document the reason for returning goods if the item in question is a returns item.
Settings for NFCL :

Not required for NFCL. SAP Standard settings retained.
4.3.12.9.2 Define reasons for cancellation

In this step, you can specify the circumstances under which a purchase order with a
validity period (i.e., in the standard system, a PO of the document type 'FO') is terminated
prematurely.
Settings for NFCL :

4.3.12.9.3 Set up authorization check for G/L accounts
Settings for NFCL :

4.3.13 Contract
The number ranges for Contracts are maintained here.
Settings for NFCL :


Settings for NFCL :
Contract Document Types

Doc. Description Item Int.No. Ext.No. Fld.Sel. Update
type intvl Range Range Ref.key Group
MK Quantity contract 10 46 44 MKK NFCL
WK Value contract 10 46 44 WKK NFCL
ZAMC Kakinda AMC 1 64 19 WKK NFCL

ZKBG Kakinda Bags Contrct 1 60 19 WKK NFCL

ZKKD KKD Std Contrct(Val) 1 60 19 WKK NFCL
ZKKQ KKD Std Contrct(Qty) 1 60 19 MKK NFCL
ZKSR Kakinda Serv Contrct 1 62 19 WKK NFCL
ZMSR Marktg Serv Contract 1 72 19 WKK NFCL
ZMST Mktg Trnsprtn Cntrct 1 72 19 WKK NFCL
ZTRD Trad.Fert Qty Cntrct 1 70 19 MKK NFCL
NOTE : Assignments similar to PO document types exist for Contract document types
also i.e. each Contract doc. type is assigned to some Item categories and each Contract
doc. type – Item category combination is assigned certain Purchase requistion doc. type
– item category combination(s). No transaction for the Contract doc type-item category
combination can happen if the relevant combinations are not set in this particular table.
4.3.13.3 Set up release procedure
Settings for NFCL :

Till the time of documentation the Contract Release Strategies have not been finalised. If
and when they are finalised they will be incorporated subsequently.
Settings for NFCL :

4.3.13.5 Define rules for copying (adoption of) text
Settings for NFCL :

4.3.13.6 Define tolerance limit for archiving

In this step, the period that must expire before a contract item is deactivated and a
deactivated contract Item is archived is defined.
Settings for NFCL:

4.3.13.7 Set up authorization check for G/L accounts
Settings for NFCL :

4.3.14 Scheduling Agreement

It is not envisaged that Scheduling Agreements will be used by NFCL. However
configuration has been done in case future requirements prompt for SA s.

The Number Ranges for the Scheduling Agreements have been defined here.

Settings for NFCL :


Settings for NFCL :
Scheduling Agreement Document Types:

Doc. Description Item Int.No. Ext.No. Fld.Sel. Update Control Rel.doc.r
type intvl Range Range Ref.key Group eqd.
LP Scheduling agreement 10 55 56 LPL NFCL
LPA Scheduling agreement 10 55 56 LPL NFCL 
LU Transp. sched. agmt. 10 55 56 LUL NFCL T
ZKBG KKD Bags Schdl Agmnt 1 68 LPL NFCL
ZKKD KKD Std Schdl Agmnt 1 66 LPL NFCL
NOTE : Assignments similar to PO/Contract types exist for Scheduling Agreement

document types also i.e. each SA doc. type is assigned to some Item categories and
each SA doc. type – Item category combination is assigned certain Purchase requistion
doc. type – item category combination(s). No transaction for the SA doc type-item
category combination can happen if the relevant combinations are not set in this
particular table.
Settings for NFCL :

This should be the same as Purchase Order as the object is the same for PO as well as
Scheduling Agreement. Till the time of documentation the SA/PO/Contract Release
Strategies have not been finalised. If and when they are finalised they will be incorporated
subsequently.

Settings for NFCL :
4.3.14.5 Define Rules for Copying of Text

Settings for NFCL :

In this step, the period that must expire before a SA item is deactivated and a deactivated
SA Item is archived is defined.
Settings for NFCL:

4.3.14.7 Set up Stock Transport Scheduling Agreement

These specifications are used if deliveries involving stock transport scheduling

agreements are effected via the SAP component “SD Shipping”, that is, deliveries against
the delivery schedule are recorded in the SD Shipping system.
Settings for NFCL :

4.3.14.8 Set up authorization check for G/L accounts

Settings for NFCL :
4.3.14.9 Maint. rel. creation profile for sched. agmt. w. rel. docu.
Settings for NFCL :
4.3.15 Confirmations
In this section, you make the settings for shipping notifications.
4.3.15.1 Set up confirmation control

In this step, you make the following settings:
 Confirmation categories (external/internal)
 Confirmation control keys
 Confirmation sequence (confirmation monitoring)
Settings for NFCL :

Not required for NFCL. Standard SAP settings retained.
4.3.15.2 Define means of transport

In this step, you specify the keys for the individual shipping material types that are defined
in your company. When you create a shipping notification, you can then assign a
shipping material type as a means-of-transport ID.
Settings for NFCL :

Not required for MM trnsactions in NFCL. However settings have been made for SD
transactions and explained in SD System documentation.
4.3.16 Define Matchcodes for Purchasing Documents
Settings for NFCL :

SAP standard settings retained. No Matchcodes defined for NFCL.
4.3.17 Conditions
4.3.17.1 Automatic Document Adjustment

In this step, you define automatic document adjustment with reference to condition
changes. For this reason it is possible to carry out subsequent document adjustment via a
condition index update.
Settings for NFCL :

Not required for NFCL. SAP standard settings retained.
4.3.17.2 Define Conditions Control at Plant Level
Master Conditions can be stipulated for a plant or for a Purchasing Organisation level.
This means it is possible to allow prices to be stored in the Purchasing Info. Records or
Outline Agreements, which are valid only for the relevant plant.
Settings for NFCL :

Condition control at plant level have not been defined for any plant of NFCL. This allows
the creation of Purchase Info.Record possible with or without plant but not mandatory.
4.3.17.2.1 Define price determination process
4.3.17.2.1.1 Define access sequences

An access sequence is a search strategy(key) with the aid of which the SAP System
searches for valid condition records for a condition type. For example, you can stipulate
for a price that the system searches based on parameters that have been defined in the
condition table for the condition type for which the price is sought. Access Sequences are
attached to condition types for which they required.
Settings for NFCL :
SAP standard Access Sequences retained. Apart from this 2 additional access
sequences have been created. The first one, ZLUC, for automatically determining
transportation / handling rates in SD procurement/stock transfer PO s ( if these are are to
be handled as condition types in PO s ). However this is currently inactive. The other
access sequence is , ZNGP, for Natural Gas transportation (fixed & variable) rates.
ZLUC – Acc.Seq.SD Transptrn/Handlng

Access Table Description Requirement Exclusive
No
10 905 Condition table for SD 
Transprtn/Handlg Charges
The Fields that are defined in Table 905 are:
Purchasing Organization – KOMK – EKORG

Supplying plant – KOMK - RESWK
Plant – KOMP - WERKS
Storage location – KOMP - LGORT
ZNGP – Acc. Seq.- NG Pricing Rates

Access Table Description Requirement Exclusive

No
1 906 NG Pricing Rate Table 
The Fields that are defined in Table 906 are:
Purchasing Organization – KOMK – EKORG

Vendor – KOMK - LIFNR
Plant – KOMP - WERKS
Material – KOMP - MATNR
Access Sequence ZNGP is assigned to condition types ZFT1, ZFT2, ZVT1, ZVT2.
4.3.17.2.1.2 Define condition types

The condition types are used to represent pricing elements such as prices, discounts,
surcharges, taxes, or delivery costs in the SAP System. These are stored in the system in
condition records.
Settings for NFCL :
Condn. Name Calc. Scale Cond Condn Manual Access Acc- Pricing Plus/ Calc.
type type basis class catg. entries Seq. rual proced. minus Type
Chang.
A001 Rebates A B C C X
A002 Material C C C C X
Rebate
A003 Hierarchy A B C C X
Rebate
A004 Hierarchy C C C C X
rebate/mat
AMO1 Internal Amort. A A
%
AMO2 Internal C A
Amort./Qty
CU00 Gross price C C B H RMIMP0
cust.sim
CUAD Anti-dumping A D D
CUAS Customs A D D
Exemption
CUDL Cust.Rate A D D
Third Ctry
CUFR Freight B C A F C A
CUIN Insurance C C A B X
CUPE Pharma. A D D
Products
CUPZ Cust.Rate A D D
Preference
CURB Absolute B C A
Surch/disc.
CUZK Customs A D D
Quota
EDI1 Confirmed C B d C A

Price
EDI2 Value variance B A d C A
FRA1 Freight % A B A B X A X
FRA2 Freight % A B A B X A X
FRB1 Freight (Value) B B A B X A X
FRB2 Freight (Value) B B A B X A X
FRC1 Freight/Quantit C C A B X A X
y
FRC2 Freight/Quantit C C A B X A X
y
GAU1 Orignl Price of C A U D X
Gold
GAU2 Actual Price of C A U C
Gold
GRWR Statistical A A C
Value
GWLB Stat. Val. LB- B A RM0000
Comp.
HB00 Header Surch. B A A
(Value)
HB01 Header Disc. B A X
(Value)
JCDB Basic customs A A B C X A X
duty
JCDS Special A A B C X A X
customs duty
JCV1 CVD A A B C X A X
Percentage
JEXC Manual Excise B A C A
Value
JOCM Octroi A A B X A
K000 Contrct A C A C RM1001 X
HeaderDisc %
KR00 Header Disc. B A X
(Value)
LH01 Delivery A B A C X
Hierarchy
LH02 Deliv.Hier/Mat B B A C X
erial
LP00 Pallet Discount C C A C X
LP01 Incomp.Pallet C C A C
Surch.
LP02 Mixed Pallet B C A X
Disc.
LP03 Mixed Pallet B C A
Surch.
MAR1 Neutral % A B A X
Accruals
MM00 Minimum Qty C C A
(Amount)
MM01 Minimum Qty A C A

(%)
MP01 Market Price C C B H D
MVK0 Sales Price C B W D
inc. Tax
MVK1 Sales Price C B J D
excl.Tax
MWST Input Tax A D D D
MWVS Input tax A D D D
manually
NAVM Non- B D N D
Deductible Tax
NAVS Non- B D N D
Deductible Tax
NTRG Net Value B B H D
Payer Doc.
P000 Gross Price C C B H RM1002
P001 Gross Price C C B H C
P100 Trans.Pr.Suppl C C B H VKP000
y.Plnt
P101 Val.Price C B G
Supply.Pln
PA00 Promotion C C B H C
Price
PA01 Promo Price 2 C C B H
PB00 Gross Price C C B H RM0002
PBXX Gross Price C C B H C
R000 Discount % on A C A C RM0001 X X
Gross
R001 Discount/Quan C C A X
tity
R002 Discount B C A X
(Value)
R003 Discount % on A C A X
Net
RA00 Discount % on A C A X
Net
RA01 Discount % on A C A C RM0001 X
Gross
RA02 Promo A C A C X
Discount % 1
RA03 Promo A C A C X
Discount % 2
RA04 Promo. Disc. C C A C X
Deduct.
RA05 Promo. Disc. C C A C X
Deduct.
RB00 Discount B C A X
(Value)
RC00 Discount/Quan C C A X
tity
REST Account A B A C X

Discount %
RGR0 Group A B A C X
Discount %
RL00 Factoring A B A R X
Discount
RL01 Vendor A B A C X
Discount %
RUB1 Neutr.Accruals B B A X
(Val.)
RUC1 Neutral C C A X
Accruals/Qty
RUE1 Neutral % A B A X
Accruals
S000 Calculated B C H D
Revenues
SBCB Basis B C H D
SKTO Cash Discount A A E D
TRIG Event Trigger A B A
VA00 Variants/Quant C C A O C
ity
VA01 Variants % A C A O C
VKP0 Sales Price C B W C
inc. Tax
VKP1 Sales Price C B J C
excl.Tax
VS00 Tax trigger A G D
VS15 Factoring Disc. A D D D
Tax
VSRG Tax Amount B D D D
Payer
Z1A1 Customs % A B A B C X
Z1B1 Customs B B A B C X
(Value)
Z1C1 Customs/Quan C C A B C X
tity
Z1CT Octroi (%) A A B C X ZKKDDM A X
ZA00 Surcharge % A C A A
on Net
ZA01 Surcharge % A C A C A
on Gross
ZAFS Agency Fee- C C A B X X
Doc&Supvn
ZAG1 Ind. Agent A A B X A X
Commn.%
ZAG2 Ind B B A B X A X
agnt.comm.
Value
ZAHC Aggr.Handlng C C A B X X
Charges
ZB00 Surcharge B C A A X
(Value)

ZBCD Basic Customs A A B X A X

duty
ZBRH Berth Rel. C C A B X A X
Chg./Qty
ZC&F C&F C C A B X A X
Agnt.Charge/Q
ty
ZC00 Surcharge/Qu C C A A
antity
ZCNF C&F Agent A A B X A X
Charges %
ZCRT Certifcn.Charg C C A C X
e-Seed
ZCVD CV Duty ( % ) A A B X A X
ZDEL Dely. Charge B C A B X A X
Naphtha
ZERC Erection B B A A X
Charges Val
ZEX1 Excise Duty B B A A X
Value
ZEXC Excise Duty A A A X
(%)
ZFRA Freight(%)Mai A C A A X
n Vndr
ZFRB Freight(Amt)M B C A A X
ain Vnd
ZFRC Freight/Qty- C C A A X
Main Vnd
ZFT1 NG Trsptn B A X
Fixed - L1
ZFT2 NG Trsptn B A X
Fixed - L2
ZFW1 Forwardg. A A A C A X
Charges(%)
ZFW2 Fwdg. B B A B A X
Charges Value
ZG01 Markup Deliv. A C A C A
Plant
ZGBC Gunny Bag C C A C X
Charg-Seed
ZHEC Hdlg.Eqpmt.C C C A B X A X
hg./Qty
ZHN1 Handling B A C A X
Charges
ZHNC Handling B C A C X
Charge-Seed
ZHND Handling B A B A X
Charges Val
ZHNL Handling Loss- B C A C X
Seed
ZHNV Handlng B A B X A X

Charge Value
ZICC Imports C A B X A X
Coordn.Charg
ZILT Inland Trans. B B A B X A X
Value
ZIN1 Insurance (%) A A C A X
ZIN2 Insurance Val- B B A B X A X
TrdFrt
ZINS Insurance (%) A A X
ZINV Insurance B B A A X
(Value)
ZLDT Loading into C C A B X X
Truck
ZLN1 Landing A A C A
Charges (%)
ZLND Landing A A B X A X
Charges (%)
ZLNV Landg.Chrg(% A A A X
)MainVnd
ZLTH Litrng.Hire/Esc C C A B X X
rtExp
ZLTR Local Trnsprtn C C A B X X
Chrgs
ZMC1 Market Cess A A B X X
%
ZMIS Miscellaneous B C A C X
Charge
ZMKC Market Cess A A X
% (Stat)
ZNRF N R F Charges B C A A X
(Val.)
ZOA1 Customs % A A B X A X
ZOB1 Customs B B A B X X
(Value)
ZOC1 Customs/Quan C C A B X
tity
ZOCT Octroi (%) A A B X A X
ZOCV Octroi Value B A B X A X
ZORC Organzr.Charg C C A C X
es-Seed
ZOT1 Others Costs B B A B A X
1(Val)
2(Val)
3(Val)
4(Val)
ZOT5 Others Costs A A B A X
5(%)
ZPB1 Gross C C B H ZKKDDM

Price(KKD-
DM)
ZPB2 Gross C C B H ZKKIMP
Price(KKD-IM)
ZPB3 Gross C C B H ZKKDM1
Price(KKD-
DM1)
ZPB4 Gross C C B H ZKKGEN
Price(KKDGE
N)
ZPB5 Gross C C B H ZKKIMP
Price(KKD-IM)
ZPB6 Gross C C B H ZOTHIM
Price(IMPORT
S)
ZPB7 Gross Price- C C B H ZTRDIM
TrFrt IM
ZPB8 Gross Price- C C B H ZSFDIM
SFD IM
ZPB9 GrossPrice- C C B H ZTRDDM
PST/TF-DM
ZPBP Gross Price- C C B H ZSEDPK
Seed Pkg
ZPBS Gross Price - C C B H ZSEDDM
Seed
ZPF1 Packing/Forwa A A B A X
rdng(%)
ZPF2 Pkg & Forwdg. B B A B A X
Value
ZPK1 Pkg Chg (%) A A A C A X
(for ED)
ZPK2 Pkg.Chg.val B B A B A X
(for ED)
ZPK3 Pkg Chg (%) A A A C A X
(No ED)
ZPK4 Pkg.Chg.val B B A B A X
(No ED)
ZPKC Packag.Charg C C A C X
es-Seed
ZPKF Packing/Forwa A A A A X
rdng(%)
ZPLC Port Landing C C A B X X
Charges
ZPLT Port Local C C A B X X
Transprtn
ZPNF Gross C C B H ZNAPHT
Price(NAPHT
HA)
ZPNG Gross C C B H ZKKDNG
Price(KKD-
NG)

ZPRC Processg.Char C C A C X
ge-Seed
ZPTW Port Towing C C A B X X
Charges
ZRBP NG Rebate (% A A X X
of BP)
ZRBR NG Rebate(% A A X X
Royalty)
ZRYL NG Royalty / C C A A X
Qty
ZSC1 Special A A B C X A X
Customs duty
ZSCD SplC.Duty/Sur A A B X A X
chg/SAD
ZSDN Stdzn.&Misc.C C C A B X X
harges
ZSE1 Surchrge % on A C A B C X A X
Exduty
ZSED Surchrge % on A C A A X
Exduty
ZSIL Spl.Imports A A B X A X
Lic.Fee
ZSRV Service C C A B X X
Charges(R/G)
ZST1 Sales Tax- A A B C A X
CST/LST(%)
ZSTB Sales Tax- A A X A X
Works(%)
ZSTL Storage Loss- B C A C X
Seed
ZSTR Sales Tax- A A A X
NG(BP+Ryl)
ZSTS Storage C C A C X
Charges-Seed
ZSTV Stevedoring C C A B X X
Charges
ZSTX Sales Tax- A A A X
CST/LST(%)
ZT&C Test & B B A B X A X
Comm.Chgs.V
al
ZT&S Prcln.U/L- C C A B X X
Tippr/Swpg
ZTO1 Turnover Tax A A B C A X
(%)
ZTOT Turnover Tax A A A X
(%)
ZU&L U/L(Lgtr)&L(Tr C C A B X X
k)Port
ZULT Unloading C C A B X X
from Truck

ZULW Unloading C C A B X X
from Wagon
ZVT1 NG Trsptn C A X
Varbl.-L1
ZVT2 NG Trsptn C A X
Varbl.-L2
ZWAF Warfage C C A B X X
Charges/Qty
MAVS Free Goods B B D N
(M)
4.3.17.2.1.3 Define Limits

The upper and lower limits can be defined for the value of a condition. It is therefore
possible to restrict the amounts or scale values in the relevant condition records. The
limits are defined at the level of the condition type.
Settings for NFCL :

Not required for NFCL. No limits have been defined.
4.3.17.2.1.4 Define exclusion indicators

The exclusion indicator prevents the use of too many condition types in the price
determination process. In the standard system, it determines that either the automatic or
the manual price is applied, but not both.
Settings for NFCL :

4.3.17.2.1.5 Define calculation schema

In a price calculation schema (which may also be referred to as a “pricing procedure”),the
condition types are specified which are to be taken into account and in what sequence.
In the price (or cost) determination process, the SAP system automatically determines
which calculation schema is valid for a business transaction and takes into account, one
after another, the condition type it contains.
Settings for NFCL :
Pricing Procedures Description

J_IMP Import purchases
RM0000 Purchasing Document (Big)
RM0001 Condition Supplement Header
RM0002 Condition Supplement Price
RM1000 Purchasing Document (Small)
RM1001 Condition Supplement Header
RM1002 Condition Supplement Price
RM2000 Stock Transfer Document
RM5000 Subsequent Settlement
RM5001 Subs. sett. (tax trigger)
RMIMP0 Import Processing

RMISR0 Purchasing Document (Big)

RMISR1 Purchasing Doc. ISR Internal
RMMP00 Market Price
RMREGU Payment document
ZAOBG1 Pricing-AOB Comm. Agent Proc.

ZAOBGN Pricing-AOB Direct Farmer Proc
ZKKDDM Pricing-KKD Procrmnt-domestic
ZKKDM1 Pricing-KKD dom.(Pckg aftr ED)
ZKKDNG Pricing-KKD NG Procurement
ZKKGEN Pricing-KKD Proc.Genl-domestic
ZKKIMP Pricing-KKD Procuremnt-Imports
ZNAPHT Pricing-KKD Procrmnt-NAPHTHA
ZOTHIM Pricing-Others Procmnt-Imports
ZSDSTK Stk Transfer Schema-SFD/Others
ZSEDDM Pricing-Seed Procrmnt-domestic
ZSEDPK Pricing-Seed Packing Mat Proc.
ZSFDIM Pricing-SFD Procrmnt-Imports
ZTRDDM Pricing-Pest./Trd.Fert.-Domest
ZTRDIM Pricing-Traded Fertlzr-Imports
ZTRDST Stk Transfer Schema-Trad.Fert
NOTE : SAP Standard schemas have also been retained for sake of clarity.
Pricing Procedure ZKKGEN Pricing-KKD Proc.Genl-domestic
Step Condition Description From To Accruals Manual Statistical

number type step step only
10 ZPB4 Gross Price(KKDGEN) 0 0

10 PBXX Gross Price 0 0
15 R000 Discount % on Gross 10 0
16 R002 Discount (Value) 0 0 X
20 Price netoff discount 10 16
25 ZPK1 Pkg Chg (%) (for ED) 20 0
26 ZPK2 Pkg.Chg.val (for ED) 0 0 X
30 Net Price after Pk/Frwd 20 26
35 ZEXC Excise Duty (%) 30 0
35 ZEX1 Excise Duty Value 0 0 X
40 ZSED Surchrge % on Exduty 35 0
45 Subtotal(NP+ED+Surchg) 30 40
50 ZSTX Sales Tax-CST/LST(%) 45 0
51 ZSTB Sales Tax-Works(%) 45 0 ZWT X
55 Subtotal(NP+ED+ST) 45 51
60 ZTOT Turnover Tax (%) 55 0
65 Subtotal(NP+ED+ST+TOT) 55 60
70 ZOCT Octroi (%) 20 0 ZOC
71 ZOCV Octroi Value 0 0 ZOC X
75 Subtotal(NP+ED+ST+TOT+O 65 71
CT)
76 ZFW1 Forwardg. Charges(%) 20 0

77 ZFW2 Fwdg. Charges Value 0 0 X

80 ZINS Insurance (%) 75 0
81 ZERC Erection Charges Val 0 0 X
82 ZT&C Test & Comm.Chgs.Val 0 0 X
83 ZPK3 Pkg Chg (%) (No ED) 20 0
84 ZPK4 Pkg.Chg.val (No ED) 0 0 X
85 FRA1 Freight % 20 0 FR1 X
86 FRB1 Freight (Value) 0 0 FR1 X
87 FRC1 Freight/Quantity 0 0 FR1 X
88 ZFRB Freight(Amt)Main Vnd 0 0
89 ZFRC Freight/Qty-Main Vnd 0 0
90 Subtotal inclusv Ins.+ Frgt 75 89
91 ZOT1 Others Costs 1(Val) 0 0 X
100 Effective Price 90 95
Pricing Procedure ZKKI MP Pricing-KKD Procuremnt-Imports

10 ZPB5 Gross Price(KKD-IM) 0 0

12 R002 Discount (Value) 0 0 X
15 ZPF1 Packing/Forwardng(%) 10 0
16 ZPF2 Pkg & Forwdg. Value 0 0 X
24 ZFRA Freight(%)Main Vndr 10 0
25 ZFRB Freight(Amt)Main Vnd 0 0 X
26 Subtotal 1 10 25
31 ZINV Insurance (Value) 0 0 X
35 Subtotal 2 - CIF Value 26 31
46 ZLND Landing Charges (%) 35 0 FR3
50 Subtotal 3 - Tariff Value 35 46
55 ZOA1 Customs % 50 0 FR3
60 ZSCD SplC.Duty/Surchg/SAD 50 55 FR3
61 Subtotal 4 (include CD) 50 60
65 ZCNF C&F Agent Charges % 61 0 FR1
66 ZC&F C&F Agnt.Charge/Qty 0 0 FR1 X
67 ZILT Inland Trans. Value 0 0 FR1
70 Subtotal 5 - Landed Price 61 67
71 ZAG1 Ind. Agent Commn.% 10 0 FR2
72 ZAG2 Ind agnt.comm. Value 0 0 FR2 X
73 ZOT1 Others Costs 1(Val) 0 0 FR2
74 ZOT5 Others Costs 5(%) 10 0 FR2
75 Effective(Final) Price 70 74

Pricing Procedure ZKKDDM Pricing-KKD Procrmnt-domestic

10 ZPB1 Gross Price(KKD-DM) 0 0

25 ZPKF Packing/Forwardng(%) 20 0
30 Net Price after Pk/Frwd 20 25
45 Subtotal(NP+ED+Surchg) 30 40
65 Subtotal(NP+ED+ST+TOT) 55 60
75 Subtotal(NP+ED+ST+TOT+O 65 70
CT)
90 Subtotal inclusv Ins.+ Frgt 75 87
95 ZHND Handling Charges Val 0 0
Pricing Procedure ZKKDM1 Pricing-KKD dom.(Pckg aftr ED)

10 ZPB3 Gross Price(KKD-DM1) 0 0

20 Price Netoff discount 10 15
35 Sub total (NP+ED+Surchg) 20 30

55 Subtotal(NP+ED+ST+T 45 50
65 Subtotal(NP+ED+ST+TOT+ 55 60
OCT)
70 ZPKF Packing/Forwardng(%) 20 0
85 Subtot.incl.Ins+ 65 82
Frt+Pkg&Fwg.
90 ZHND Handling Charges Val 0 0
Pricing Procedure ZKKDNG Pricing-KKD NG Procurement

10 ZPNG Gross Price(KKD-NG) 0 0

15 ZRYL NG Royalty / Qty 0 0 X
20 Subtotal (for ST calcn.) 10 15
25 ZSTR Sales Tax-NG(BP+Ryl) 20 0 X
30 Effective Price NG w/o CV 20 25
adj.
Pricing Procedure ZNAPHT Pricing-KKD Procrmnt-NAPHTHA

10 ZPNF Gross Price(NAPHTHA) 0 0

16 ZB00 Surcharge (Value) 0 0
17 ZNRF N R F Charges (Val.) 0 0
18 ZDEL Dely. Charge Naphtha 0 0 FR1
20 Sub-Total 10 18
Pricing Procedure ZOTHI M Pricing- Others Procmnt-Imports


10 ZPB6 Gross Price(IMPORTS) 0 0

35 Subtotal - CIF Value 20 30
40 ZLNV Landg.Chrg(%)MainVnd 35 0
45 Subtotal - Tariff Value 35 40
50 ZBCD Basic Customs duty 45 0 FR3
55 ZCVD CV Duty ( % ) 45 50 FR3 X
65 ZC&F C&F Agnt.Charge/Qty 0 0 FR2
66 ZWAF Warfage Charges/Qty 0 0 FR2 X
67 ZBRH Berth Rel. Chg./Qty 0 0 FR2 X
68 ZHEC Hdlg.Eqpmt.Chg./Qty 0 0 FR2 X
70 Total Landed Cost 45 68
Pricing Procedure ZSDSTK Stk Transfer Schema-SFD/Others

10 P101 Val.Price Supply.Pln 0 0 X

15 ZULW Unloading from Wagon 0 0 ZHN
20 ZLDT Loading into Truck 0 0 ZHN
25 ZLTR Local Trnsprtn Chrgs 0 0 ZHN
30 ZSRV Service Charges(R/G) 0 0 ZHN
35 ZULT Unloading from Truck 0 0 ZHN
40 Total Handling Charges 15 35
50 Total Delivery Costs 45 0
60 GRWR Statistical Value 10 0 X
Pricing Procedure ZSEDDM Pricing-Seed Procrmnt-domestic

10 ZPBS Gross Price - Seed 0 0

15 ZPRC Processg.Charge-Seed 0 0
20 ZGBC Gunny Bag Charg-Seed 0 0
25 ZPKC Packag.Charges-Seed 0 0
30 ZHNC Handling Charge-Seed 0 0
35 ZCRT Certifcn.Charge-Seed 0 0
45 ZSTS Storage Charges-Seed 0 0

50 ZORC Organzr.Charges-Seed 0 0
55 ZHNL Handling Loss-Seed 0 0
60 ZSTL Storage Loss-Seed 0 0
65 ZMIS Miscellaneous Charge 0 0
70 ZINV Insurance (Value) 0 0
80 Effective Price - Clean Seed 10 70
Pricing Procedure ZSEDPK Pricing-Seed Packing Mat Proc.

10 ZPBP Gross Price-Seed Pkg 0 0

20 Subtotal Netoff Discount 10 15
30 ZMIS Miscellaneous Charge 0 0
35 Effective Price - Packing 20 30
Matl
Pricing Procedure ZSFDI M Pricing-SFD Procrmnt-Imports

10 ZPB8 Gross Price-SFD IM 0 0

40 ZLNV Landg.Chrg(%)MainVnd 35 0
55 ZCVD CV Duty ( % ) 45 50 FR3 X
65 ZC&F C&F Agnt.Charge/Qty 0 0 FR2
66 ZWAF Warfage Charges/Qty 0 0 FR2 X
Pricing Procedure ZTRDDM Pricing-Pest./Trd.Fert.-Domestic


10 ZPB9 GrossPrice-PST/TF-DM 0 0
20 Price Netoff Discount 10 15
25 ZPK1 Pkg Chg (%) (for ED) 10 0
30 Price inclusive of Packing 20 25
35 ZINS Insurance (%) 10 0 FR2
40 ZIN2 Insurance Val-TrdFrt 0 0 FR2 X
45 FRA1 Freight % 10 0 FR1
55 Price - ( CIF ) 30 50
70 Subtotal - ( CIF+ED+Surchg) 55 65
80 Subtotal - (CIF+ED+ST) 70 75
90 Total inclusive of Tovr.Tax 80 85
100 Total with Octroi 90 95
105 ZHNV Handlng Charge Value 0 0 ZHN
110 Effective Price(Pest/Trd.Frt.) 100 105
Pricing Procedure ZTRDI M Pricing-Traded Fertlzr-Imports

10 ZPB7 Gross Price-TrFrt IM 0 0

40 ZLNV Landg.Chrg(%)MainVnd 35 0 X
55 ZCVD CV Duty ( % ) 45 50 FR3 X
61 ZSIL Spl.Imports Lic.Fee 35 0 FR3
65 ZC&F C&F Agnt.Charge/Qty 0 0 FR2 X
66 ZWAF Warfage Charges/Qty 0 0 FR2
70 ZICC Imports Coordn.Charg 0 0 FR3
80 ZIN2 Insurance Val-TrdFrt 0 0 FR2
85 ZAFS Agency Fee-Doc&Supvn 0 0 ZPR
90 ZSTV Stevedoring Charges 0 0 ZPR

95 ZLTH Litrng.Hire/EscrtExp 0 0 ZPR

100 ZPTW Port Towing Charges 0 0 ZPR
105 ZU&L U/L(Lgtr)&L(Trk)Port 0 0 ZPR
110 ZT&S Prcln.U/L-Tippr/Swpg 0 0 ZPR
115 ZMIS Miscellaneous Charge 0 0 ZPR
120 ZAHC Aggr.Handlng Charges 0 0 ZPR
125 Effective Price(Trd.Fert.Imp) 75 120
Pricing Procedure ZTRDST Stk Transfer Schema-Trad.Fert

10 P101 Val.Price Supply.Pln 0 0 X

15 ZAFS Agency Fee-Doc&Supvn 0 0 ZPR
20 ZSTV Stevedoring Charges 0 0 ZPR
25 ZLTH Litrng.Hire/EscrtExp 0 0 ZPR
30 ZPTW Port Towing Charges 0 0 ZPR
35 ZU&L U/L(Lgtr)&L(Trk)Port 0 0 ZPR
40 ZT&S Prcln.U/L-Tippr/Swpg 0 0 ZPR
45 ZSDN Stdzn.&Misc.Charges 0 0 ZPR
50 ZPLT Port Local Transprtn 0 0 ZPR
53 ZPLC Port Landing Charges 0 0 ZPR
56 ZAHC Aggr.Handlng Charges 0 0 ZPR
58 Total Porthold/Godown 15 56
Charges
60 GRWR Statistical Value 10 0 X
NOTE : 2 pricing procedures configured for AOB Business have not been included in this
documentation. They are ZAOBG1 - Pricing-AOB Comm. Agent Proc. & ZAOBGN -
Pricing-AOB Direct Farmer Proc.
4.3.17.2.1.6 Define Schema Group

This step describes how to define schema groups. It is possible to group together certain
purchasing organizations that use the same calculation schema through the use of Schema
Groups. This is also used to group together vendors for whom the same calculation
schema is valid.
Calculation Schemas may also be referred to as Pricing Procedures and Schema Groups
therefore as Procedure Groups.
Settings for NFCL:
Schema Groups for Vendors
Schema group Description

Vendors
Standard schema vendor

01 Schema vendor
02 WITH DISCOUNT
03 Schema Group NFCLImports-Other
AD Schema Group AOB Direct Proc.
AO Schema Group AOB Agent Proc.
GN Schema Group NFCL(Domst. Pur)
KI Schema Group NFCL Imports-KKD
N2 Schema Grp NFCL(Pkg after ED)
NF Schema Group NFCL General
NG Schema Grp NFCL(Natural Gas)
NS Schema Grp NFCL(Naptha)
SD Schema Group NFCL-Seed(Domest)
SF Schema Group NFCL-SFD(Imports)
SP Schema Group NFCL-Seed(PackgM)
TP Schema Grp-Trd.Fert/Pest-Domst
TR Schema Grp Imports-Traded Fert
Schema Group for Purchasing Organizations
Schema Grp. Description

P.Org.
Standard schema
0001 Schema purchasing org. 0001
NFCL NFCL POrg Schema Grp
Assignment to Schema Group to Purchasing Organization
POrg Description Schema Grp. P.

Org.
0001 Purchasing Orgn 0001 0001
AOB AOB Pur. Org. NFCL
CORP Corporate Pur. Org. NFCL
KKD Kakinada Pur. Org. NFCL
MKTG Marketing Pur. Org. NFCL
SEED Seeds Pur. Org. NFCL
SFD Speciality Fert.Org NFCL
4.3.17.2.1.7 Define schema determination

In this step, the settings are made as to how a schema gets determined in a
purchasing document during the transactions.
Settings for NFCL:

Schema Determination for Standard Procurement
Schema Schema Pricing Procedure Description

Grp. Grp.
P.Org. Vendor
RM0000 Purchasing Document (Big)
01 RM1000 Purchasing Document (Small
0001 RM1000 Purchasing Document (Small)
0001 01 RM1000 Purchasing Document (Small)
0001 03 J_IMP Import purchases
NFCL ZKKGEN Pricing-KKD Proc.Genl-domestic
NFCL 03 ZOTHIM Pricing-Others Procmnt-Imports
NFCL AD ZAOBGN Pricing-AOB Direct Farmer Proc
NFCL AO ZAOBG1 Pricing-AOB Comm. Agent Proc.
NFCL GN ZKKDDM Pricing-KKD Procrmnt-domestic
NFCL KI ZKKIMP Pricing-KKD Procuremnt-Imports
NFCL N2 ZKKDM1 Pricing-KKD dom.(Pckg aftr ED)
NFCL NF ZKKGEN Pricing-KKD Proc.Genl-domestic
NFCL NG ZKKDNG Pricing-KKD NG Procurement
NFCL NS ZNAPHT Pricing-KKD Procrmnt-NAPHTHA
NFCL SD ZSEDDM Pricing-Seed Procrmnt-domestic
NFCL SF ZSFDIM Pricing-SFD Procrmnt-Imports
NFCL SP ZSEDPK Pricing-Seed Packing Mat Proc.
NFCL TP ZTRDDM Pricing-Pest./Trd.Fert.-Domest
NFCL TR ZTRDIM Pricing-Traded Fertlzr-Imports
Schema Determination for Stock Transport Order
Schema gp. Supplying Document Procedure Description

POrg plant type
LU RM2000 Standard schema

UB RM2000 Standard schema
NFCL AOB1 ZAST ZSDSTK NFCL POrg Schema Grp
NFCL AOB2 ZAST ZSDSTK NFCL POrg Schema Grp
NFCL KKD1 ZKST ZSDSTK NFCL POrg Schema Grp
NFCL KKD3 ZPST ZSDSTK NFCL POrg Schema Grp
NFCL SF01 ZSFT ZSDSTK NFCL POrg Schema Grp

NFCL SH01 ZSFT ZSDSTK NFCL POrg Schema Grp

NFCL SH02 ZSFT ZSDSTK NFCL POrg Schema Grp
NFCL SP01 ZSFT ZSDSTK NFCL POrg Schema Grp
NFCL SD01 ZSST ZSDSTK NFCL POrg Schema Grp
NFCL 1002 ZSTA ZSDSTK NFCL POrg Schema Grp


NFCL SH01 ZSTA ZTRDST NFCL POrg Schema Grp
NFCL SH02 ZSTA ZTRDST NFCL POrg Schema Grp
NFCL SP01 ZSTA ZTRDST NFCL POrg Schema Grp

NOTE : The entries in this table determine for which doc. type and plant combination
the stock transfer schema is determined in a stock transfer PO.
Assignment of Market Price Calculation Schema to Purch. Org.
This is not relevant for NFCL. Standard SAP settings retained.
4.3.17.2.1.8 Define transaction/event keys

This setting is to enable the system to find the relevant account for provisions (for
accrued delivery costs or miscellaneous provisions, for example), the condition types
are assigned a transaction/event key (internal processing key) that is relevant to
provisions in the calculation schema.
Settings for NFCL :
Transaction Keys
Account key Name
BO1 Rebates
BO2 Volume rebate income
DEL Del credere
EIN Purchasing account
FR1 Freight clearing
FR2 Freight provisions
FR3 Customs clearing
FR4 Consignment payables
FRE Freight purch. acct.
RUE Prov. misc.del.costs
VST INPUT TAX
ZED Excise Duty Clearg
ZHN Handling Chrg Clrg
ZOC Octroi Clearing
ZPR Port Charges Clrg.
ZWT Works Sales Tax
4.3.17.2.1.9 Define Condition Exclusion

If several condition records are valid in the price determination process, certain rules must
be defined stipulating which conditions are selected and which are disregarded. To do this,
condition exclusion mechanism is used.
The exclusion of condition records is controlled via exclusion groups. An exclusion group is
a list of condition types that are compared with each other during the price determination
process. The result may be the exclusion of a whole group of conditions or the exclusion
of individual conditions within a group. The result of the price determination process can
thus be influenced with regard to a desired criterion (for example, the lowest price) by the
exclusion of certain condition types, whereas others are taken into account in this process.
Settings for NFCL :

4.3.17.2.1.10 Maintain condition table

The price dependencies are defined here. These dependencies are defined with the aid
of the condition table. The combination of fields for which the condition records are
created are specified in the condition table.
Settings for NFCL :

Two new Condition Tables 905 & 906 have been created. The fields for these
tables have been shown under Access Sequence documentation. Otherwise , SAP
Standard settings retained.
4.3.17.2.1.11 Extend field catalog for condition tables

In this step, the field catalog can be extended for condition tables to include fields that
are not available for the purpose in the standard purchasing pricing system.
Settings for NFCL :
The field LGORT – Storage Location has been added to the standard field catalog T681F.
The same field has also been added to the pricing communication structure KOMK in the
Include KOMPAZ.
This has enabled Storage location based pricing for procurement in SD.
4.3.17.2.2 Scope of List for Conditions

In this section, you specify the list scope for conditions. You can
 specify the sequence (order) of the conditions
 define the scope-of-list parameters
 make the assignment to conditions
Settings for NFCL :

4.3.18 Foreign Trade

In this section, the system settings necessary for the maintenance of data for the Intrastat
declaration and the foreign trade statistics of the European Community (European Union).
Settings for NFCL:

Not required for NFCL. SAP standard settings retained.
4.3.19 Account assignment

The account assignment settings are maintained here.
4.3.19.1 Maintain Account Assignment Categories
You can define field-specific attributes depending on the account assignment category.
You can specify which fields on the account assigment screen
 require an entry (mandatory-entry fields)
 allow an entry (optional-entry fields), and
 prohibit an entry (display-only or hidden fields).

Settings for NFCL:
Acct. Description Goods Invoice Account Acct assg. Consumpn Multi

assgt. receipt receipt Modificn. chang.IR posting Acct.
cat. Key assg.
Indctr.
A Asset X X X A 1
B MTSprod./sales ord. VKA E
C Sales order X X X V 1
D Ind.cust/settlm.proj X X VKA P 1
E Customer indiv. reqt X X VKA X E 1
F Order X X VBR X V 1
G MTS prod./project VKA P
K Cost center X X VBR X V 1
M Ind. cust. w/o KD-CO X X VKA E 1
N Network X X VBR X V 1
P Project X X VBR X V 1
Q Proj. make-to-order X X VBR P 1
T All new aux.acc.ass. X X VBR X V 1
U Unknown X X U 1
X All aux.acct.assgts. X X VAX X V 1
Z Profitability Sgmt X X VBR X V 1
4.3.19.2 Define Combination of Item Categories/Account Assignment Categories
In this step, you can specify the allowed combinations of item categories and account
assignment categories
Settings for NFCL:
Item Item category Acct.assgt.cat. Description

Category text
Standard A Asset
Standard C Sales order
Standard D Indiv.cust./project
Standard E Ind. cust. w. KD-CO
Standard F Order
Standard K Cost center
Standard M Ind. cust. w/o KD-CO
Standard N Network
Standard P Project
Standard Q Proj. make-to-order
Standard T All new aux.acc.ass.
Standard U Unknown
Standard X All aux.acct.assgts.
B Blanket item K Cost center
B Blanket item U Unknown

L Subcontracting F Order
L Subcontracting T All new aux.acc.ass.
S Third-party D Indiv.cust./project
S Third-party E Ind. cust. w. KD-CO
S Third-party F Order
S Third-party M Ind. cust. w/o KD-CO
S Third-party N Network
S Third-party Q Proj. make-to-order
S Third-party X All aux.acct.assgts.
U Stock transfer A Asset
U Stock transfer C Sales order
U Stock transfer D Indiv.cust./project
U Stock transfer E Ind. cust. w. KD-CO
U Stock transfer F Order
U Stock transfer K Cost center
U Stock transfer M Ind. cust. w/o KD-CO
U Stock transfer N Network
U Stock transfer Q Proj. make-to-order
U Stock transfer T All new aux.acc.ass.
U Stock transfer X All aux.acct.assgts.
D Service A Asset
D Service C Sales order
D Service F Order
D Service K Cost center
D Service N Network
D Service P Project
D Service U Unknown
D Service X All aux.acct.assgts.
D Service Z Profitability Sgmt
4.3.19.3 Set subscreen for account assignment (coding) block
SAP Account Assignment transactions use subscreens, which contain the various
account assignment fields. When generating the screens for these transactions, the
system searches the most suitable subscreen, that is , the one containing the most
required fields.
Settings for NFCL:

4.3.20 Define External Representation of Item Categories
Item Categories govern how a material is procured. For example, the Item
Category “Subcontracting, determines that components have to be provided to the
vendor from whom you order a certain product/assembly.
Internally, Item Categories are represented by a one-character field (e.g ‘3’ for Sub-
contracting).
Settings for NFCL:
Item Item Text item cat. Material Inventory Goods Invoice

category category reqd. mgmt. receipt receipt

external
0 Standard X X
1 B Blanket item - -
2 K Consignment + + X
3 L Subcontracting X X
4 M Material - X X
unknown
5 S Third-party X
6 T Text - -
7 U Stock transfer + X
8 W Material group - X X
9 D Service - X X
4.3.21 Define Default Values for Document Type

The default values of document types are defined for certain transactions.
It is also possible to define default values for the document type on a user-dependant
basis using the following User ID Parameters.
ASA – RFQ
BBA – Purchase Requisition
BSA – Purchase Order
VSA – Outline Purchase Agreement
Settings for NFCL:

SAP Standard default document types removed.
TCode Transaction text Type Doc. type descript.
MB01 Post Goods Receipt for PO
ME21 Create Purchase Order
ME25 Create PO with Source Determination
ME27 Create Stock Transport Order
ME31 Create Outline Agreement
ME31K Create Contract
ME31L Create Scheduling Agreement
ME37 Create Transport Scheduling Agmt.
ME41 Create Request For Quotation
ME51 Create Purchase Requisition
4.3.22 Statistics
Here, the settings for Purchase Order Statistics are defined.
4.3.22.1 Maintain Purchase Order history categories
The SAP R/3 System controls the display of purchase order histories using PO history
categories.
Settings for NFCL :

PO Short Long text

History text
Catg.
A Dpyt Down payment
B NAbr Subseq. settlement
C NeuR Miscell. provision
D SEnt Service entry
E GR Goods receipt
F DCGR Delivery costs – GR
G DCIR Delivery costs - IR
I DCAM Del.costs acct.maint
K AccM Account maintenance
L DlNt Delivery note
M DCIn Del. Costs log. Inv.
O SC Subcontracting
Q IR-L Invoice receipt
R IR Invoice receipt
U GI Goods issue
4.3.22.2 Set up Statistics updating facility at document Item level

The menu option “Statistics update” is used to determine which statistical data is to be
updated on maintenance of PO items belonging to certain item categories. You can
analyze this statistical data with the component “Logistics Controlling”.
Settings for NFCL :

Update Group NFCL created and assigned to all item categories except Text. NFCL
Update Group has also been assigned to all Purchasing /PR document types.
4.3.23 Messages
Messages are an important means of communication with vendors in Purchasing. In the
SAP system, the term “message” stands for both letters and such like (that is,
communications in the conventional sense) as well as RFQs, Purchase Orders,
Contracts, and Delivery Schedules, all of which serve as a means of communicating
information to other parties. A message control facility is one that depends on a number
of different criteria and allows you to process and transmit such messages under certain
conditions, subject to predefined restrictions.
4.3.23.1 Texts for messages

In this step, you can change standard texts for RFQs, purchase orders, contracts, and
scheduling agreements according to your requirements:
 document header
 document item
 supplement
 change texts
 headings

These standard texts are printed in the output document and are referenced in the layout
set.
4.3.23.1.1 Define Texts for request for quotation
Settings for NFCL:

SAP standard settings retained. No settings done for NFCL as standard Texts are used
and Layout printing uses different logic for printing texts.
4.3.23.1.2 Define Texts for Purchase Order
Settings for NFCL:

4.3.23.1.3 Define texts for Contract
Settings for NFCL:

4.3.23.1.4 Define Texts for Scheduling Agreement
Settings for NFCL:

4.3.23.1.5 Define texts for purchasing organization
Settings for NFCL:

SAP standard settings retained. No settings done for NFCL.
4.3.23.2 Layout sets for messages

Layouts has been customized in accordance to the NFCL Requirements.
4.3.23.2.1 Adjust layout set for purchasing documents

In this step, you can create your own layout sets. In the standard system, the layout set
MEDRUCK is available for all purchasing documents and transactions. You can adjust it
in accordance with your specific needs.
Settings for NFCL:
The MM Layout sets created for NFCL have been included in ABAP/4 documentation.
4.3.23.2.2 Assign layout set and output program for RFQ
Settings for NFCL:
Output Output type Trns Program FORM routine Form

type Name med
ABSA Quotation 1 SAPFM06P ENTRY_ABSA MEDRUCK

Rejection
ABSA Quotation 2 SAPFM06P ENTRY_ABSA MEDRUCK
Rejection
MAHN Reminder 1 SAPFM06P ENTRY_MAHN MEDRUCK
MAHN Reminder 2 SAPFM06P ENTRY_MAHN MEDRUCK
NEU RFQ 1 SAPFM06P ENTRY_NEU MEDRUCK
NEU RFQ 2 SAPFM06P ENTRY_NEU MEDRUCK
NEU RFQ 6 RSNASTED EDI_PROCESSING
ZEKK NFCL(KKD) 1 Z_MM_RFQ_ENQUIRY_PRINT ENTRY_NEU Z_MM_RFQ_ENQUIRY
Std.RFQ
ZESK NFCL(KKD)St 1 Z_MM_RFQ_SERVICE ENTRY_NEU Z_MM_RFQ_SERVICE
dRFQ Serv
ZQLK Quotation 1 Z_MM_QUOTATION_LAPSE ENTRY_MAHN Z_MM_QUAT_LAPSE
Lapse-KKD
4.3.23.2.3 Assign layout set and output program for purchase order
Settings for NFCL:
Output Output type Trns Program FORM routine Form

type Name med
ACE1 6 RSNASTED EDI_PROCESSING

AUFB Dunning Ord 1 SAPFM06P ENTRY_AUFB MEDRUCK
Confirm
Confirm
ET01 Material label 1 RTLABELO PRODUCT_LABEL
ET01 Material label 8 RTLABELO PRODUCT_LABEL
MAHN Dunning 1 SAPFM06P ENTRY_MAHN MEDRUCK
MAHN Dunning 2 SAPFM06P ENTRY_MAHN MEDRUCK
NEU Purchase 1 SAPFM06P ENTRY_NEU MEDRUCK
order
NEU Purchase 2 SAPFM06P ENTRY_NEU MEDRUCK
order
NEU Purchase 6 RSNASTED EDI_PROCESSING
order
NEU Purchase A RSNASTED ALE_PROCESSING
order
WEZL GR count list 1 RTCHECKL ENTRY_CHECKLIS RT_CHECK_LIST
T_BEST
ZPIK Imports PO – 1 Z_MM_PO_IMPORTS_KKD ENTRY_NEU Z_MM_PO_IMPORTS
KKD
ZPOC Purchase 1 Z_MM_PO_KKD_PRINT ENTRY_NEU Z_MM_PO_KKD
Order - CMC
ZPOK Domestic PO 1 Z_MM_PO_KKD_PRINT ENTRY_NEU Z_MM_PO_KKD
- KKD
ZPOS Purchase 1 Z_SEEDS_PO_PRINT ENTRY_NEU Z_SEEDS_PO
Order-Seeds
ZPPM Mktg.PO - 1 Z_SD_PO_PEST_PRINT ENTRY_NEU Z_SD_PO_PEST

Pesticides
ZPTM Mktg.PO- 1 Z_MM_PO_KKD_PRINT ENTRY_NEU Z_MM_PO_KKD
Traded Fert.
ZR1K PO Reminder 1 Z_MM_PO_REM1_PRINT ENTRY_MAHN Z_MM_PO_REM1
1 - KKD
2 - KKD
3 - KKD
ZR4K Pre.Delv.PO 1 Z_MM_PO_REM4_PRINT ENTRY_MAHN Z_MM_PRE_DEL_REM
Rem. KKD
ZR5K P.Order 1 Z_MM_ORDER_ACCEPTANCE ENTRY_MAHN Z_MM_ORDER_ACCPT
Accptnce- _PRINT
KKD
ZSOK Service PO - 1 Z_MM_SERVICE_ORDER_PRI ENTRY_NEU Z_MM_SER_ORDER
KKD NT
ZSOM Mktg.Service 1 Z_SD_SERVICE_ORDER_PRI ENTRY_NEU Z_SD_SER_ORDER
s PO NT
4.3.23.2.4 Assign layout set and output program for contract
Settings for NFCL:
Output Output Trns Program FORM routine Form

type type Name med

Confirm
Confirm
NEU Outline 1 SAPFM06P ENTRY_NEU MEDRUCK
agreement
NEU Outline 2 SAPFM06P ENTRY_NEU MEDRUCK
agreement
VNEU Distribtd A RM06EALE ALE_OUTPUT_BLA
Contracts NK_ORD
ZA1K AMC 1 1 Z_MM_AMC1_PRINT ENTRY_AUFB Z_MM_AMC1
Renewal -
KKD
ZA2K AMC 2 1 Z_MM_AMC2_PRINT ENTRY_AUFB Z_MM_AMC2
Renewal -
KKD
ZVCK Value 1 Z_MM_VALUE_CONTRACT_P ENTRY_NEU Z_MM_VAL_CONT
Contract - RINT
KKD
ZVSM Mktg.Serv.Va 1 Z_SD_VALUE_CONTRACT_PR ENTRY_NEU Z_SD_VAL_CONT
l.Contrc INT
4.3.23.2.5 Assign layout set and output program for sch. agmt. schedule
Settings for NFCL:

4.3.23.3 EDI
For the EDI Interface, the necessary settings for partner profiles are made here.
Settings for NFCL:

4.3.23.4 Output control

Following entries have been created for NFCL to be able to determine different PO
layouts based on Purchasing Organization. For others , SAP standard settings have been
retained.
4.3.23.4.1 Condition Table for Messages

In this step, you define the condition tables for automatic assignment of message records
or output types to purchasing documents during their creation. In a condition table, you
specify the combination of fields for which you wish to create message records.
Settings for NFCL:-

Standard SAP Condition tables retained. Standard Condition Table 026 is used for
determination of message records for all Purchasing documents.
4.3.23.4.2 Access Sequences

In this step, you define the access sequences for purchasing docuemnts. The access
sequence is a search strategy used by the SAP System to search for valid message
records.
Settings for NFCL:-

Standard SAP Access Sequences retained. Standard Access Sequence 0001 with Table
026 is used for determination of message records for all Purchasing documents.
4.3.23.4.3 Define Message Types

In this step, the output message types for purchasing docuements are defined. The term
“message type” denotes different kinds of messages in the SAP System (e.g.
communications sent to vendors, such as purchase orders, order acknowledgments,
reminders, and expediters etc.).
4.3.23.4.3.1 Define Message Types for request for quotation
Settings for NFCL:
Output Type Name Trns. Partner Time of Access

med. function message Sequence
ABSA Quotation Rejection 0001
MAHN Reminder 0001
NEU RFQ 1 VN 3 0001
ZEKK NFCL(KKD) Std.RFQ 1 VN 3 0001
ZESK NFCL(KKD)StdRFQ Serv 1 VN 3 0001
ZQLK Quotation Lapse-KKD 1 VN 3 0001

4.3.23.4.3.2 Fine-Tuned Control: Request for Quotation

Settings for NFCL:
Both ZEKK & ZESK have been assigned to print operand 1 ( New) and 2 ( change )
enabling them to be set with these message types in each transaction mode , create and
change. ZQLK has been assigned to print operand 3 ( Urging Letter).
4.3.23.4.3.3 Define Message Types for Purchase Order
Settings for NFCL:

AUFB Dunning Ord Confirm 1 VN 3 0001
ET01 Material label 1 VN 3 0001
MAHN Dunning 1 VN 3 0001
NEU Purchase order 1 VN 3 0001
WEZL GR count list 1 VN 3 0001
ZPIK Imports PO - KKD 1 VN 3 0001
ZPOC Purchase Order - CMC 1 VN 3 0001
ZPOK Domestic PO - KKD 1 VN 3 0001
ZPOS Purchase Order-Seeds 1 VN 3 0001
ZPPM Mktg.PO - Pesticides 1 VN 3 0001
ZPTM Mktg.PO-Traded Fert. 1 VN 3 0001
ZR1K PO Reminder 1 - KKD 1 VN 3 0001
ZR4K Pre.Delv.PO Rem. KKD 1 VN 3 0001
ZR5K P.Order Accptnce-KKD 1 VN 3 0001
ZSOK Service PO - KKD 1 VN 3 0001
ZSOM Mktg.Services PO 1 VN 3 0001
4.3.23.4.3.4 Fine-Tuned Control: Purchase Order

Settings for NFCL:
ZPIK to ZPTM and ZSOK , ZSOM have been assigned to print operand 1 ( New) and 2
( change ) enabling them to be set with these message types in each transaction mode ,
create and change. ZR1K to ZR5K have been assigned to print operand 3 ( Urging
Letter).
4.3.23.4.3.5 Define Message Types for Outline Agreement
Settings for NFCL:

AUFB Dunning Ord Confirm 0001
NEU Outline agreement 0001

VNEU Distribtd Contracts A 4 0001

ZA1K AMC 1 Renewal - KKD 1 VN 3 0001
ZA2K AMC 2 Renewal - KKD 1 VN 3 0001
ZVCK Value Contract - KKD 1 VN 3 0001
ZVSM Mktg.Serv.Val.Contrc 1 VN 3 0001
4.3.23.4.3.6 Fine-Tuned Control: Outline Purchase Agreement
Settings for NFCL:

ZVCK and ZVSM have been assigned to print operand 1 ( New) and 2 ( change )
enabling them to be set with these message types in each transaction mode , create and
change. ZA1K to ZA25K have been assigned to print operand 7 ( Order
Acknowledgement).
4.3.23.4.3.7 Define Message Types for Scheduling Agreement schedule
Settings for NFCL:

4.3.23.4.3.8 Define Message Types for Shipping Notification
Settings for NFCL:

4.3.23.4.4 Message Determination Schemas

In this step, the message schema is defined and assign them to the relevant purchasing
documents. A message determination Schema contains the permissible message types
for each message application (new printout, reminder etc.). This allows the system to
automatically suggest the associated messages as defaults in purchasing documents.
4.3.23.4.4.1 Define Message Schema for request for quotation
Settings for NFCL:

All the RFQ output types defined for NFCL have been included in the message schema
given below ( with appropriate Requirement / routines) for purposes of automatic
assignment of the output types during document creation or change.
Procedure Description
RMBEA1 Purchasing RFQ
Usage App Description Procedure Trans. New Messge. New Partner

Time Spot Determn. Role Det.
B EA Purchasing RMBEA1  
RFQ

4.3.23.4.4.2 Define Message Schema for Purchase Order

All the PO output types defined for NFCL have been included in the message schema
given below ( with appropriate Requirement / routines) for purposes of automatic
Settings for NFCL:
RMBEF1 Purchase Order

B EF Purchase RMBEF1  
Order
4.3.23.4.4.3 Define Message Schema for Outline Agreement

All the Contract output types defined for NFCL have been included in the message
schema given below ( with appropriate Requirement / routines) for purposes of automatic
Settings for NFCL:
RMBEV1 Purchasing Outline Agreement

B EV Purchase RMBEV1  
Outline Agr.
4.3.23.4.4.4 Define Message Schemas for scheduling agreement schedule
Settings for NFCL:

4.3.23.4.4.5 Define Message Schemas for shipping notification
Settings for NFCL:

4.3.23.4.5 Partner Roles per Message Type

In this section you specify which partner roles are allowed for the message type in
connection with each individual purchasing document.
If, when creating message records, you enter a partner role that is defined as invalid, the
system will issue a warning.
4.3.23.4.5.1 Define partner roles for request for quotation
Settings for NFCL:

For all the customized output types ( ZEKK,ZESK,ZQLK) partner functions VN (Vendor),
OA (Ordering Address), DP ( Delivering Plant ) have been assigned with Transmission
medium 1 ( Print output ).
4.3.23.4.5.2 Define partner roles for purchase order
Settings for NFCL:

For all the customized output types
(ZPIK,ZPOC,ZPOK,ZPOS,ZPPM,ZPTM,ZR1K,ZR2K,ZR3K,ZR4K,ZR5K,ZSOK,ZSOM)
partner functions VN (Vendor), OA (Ordering Address), DP ( Delivering Plant ) have been
assigned with Transmission medium 1 ( Print output ).
4.3.23.4.5.3 Define partner roles for outline agreement
Settings for NFCL:

For all the customized output types (ZA1K,ZA2K,ZVCK,ZVSM) partner functions VN
(Vendor), OA (Ordering Address), DP ( Delivering Plant ) have been assigned with
Transmission medium 1 ( Print output ).
4.3.23.4.5.4 Define partner roles for sched. agreement delivery schedule
Settings for NFCL:

4.3.23.4.5.5 Define partner roles for shipping notification
Settings for NFCL:

4.3.23.5 Assign Output device to Purchasing groups

In this step, you assign an output device to your purchasing groups. This is to be used if
the condition technique is not to be used for message output.
Settings for NFCL:

4.3.24 Vendor evaluation

In this step the basic settings necessary to allow scores to be calculated for vendors.
These are
 Weighting keys
 Criteria
 Scope of List
Till the time of this documentation Vendor Evaluation has not been configured. Hence
4.3.24.1 Define weighting keys

In this step, the weighting keys are defined for the main criteria of vendor evaluation.
Settings for NFCL:

Weighting Key Short Text

01 Equal weighting
02 Unequal Weighting
4.3.24.2 Define criteria

In this step, the criteria by which the system computes scores for vendors are defined
and whether the scores for the sub criteria are computed manually, semi-automatically,
or automatically are also indicated.
Settings for NFCL:

Eval Criterion Subcr Criterion Scoring Method Description

Cr Method
01 Price 1 Price level 4 Automatic determination
from purch. statistics:
01 Price 2 Price behavior 5 Automatic determination
from purch. statistics:

Cr Method
02 Quality 1 GR inspection 7 Automatic determination
from quality statistics:
02 Quality 2 Rejection/com 8 Automatic determ. from
plaint quality stat.
2 Quality 3 Audit 9 Automatic determ. from
quality stat.

Cr Method
03 Delivery 1 On-time 3 Automatic determination

delivery from on-time deliv. perf.

statistics
03 Delivery 2 Quantity 2 Automatic determination
reliability from quantity reliability
statistics
03 Delivery 3 Shipping 6 Automatic determ. from
instructs. shipping instructions
statistics
03 Delivery 4 Adher. to conf. B Automatic determination
date from delivery
confirmations

Cr Method
5 Service 1 Quality of C Determination from
service quality rating of service
5 Service 2 Service D Determination from
timeliness timeliness rating of
service
4.3.24.3 Define Scope of List

In this step, it is defined that various types of list, each representing different main
criteria or the same main criteria in a different order.
Settings for NFCL :

SAP standard settings List scopes STANDARD & VERSION1 are retained.
4.3.24.4 Purchasing Organization data for Vendor Evaluation

In this step, the settings for individual Vendor Evaluation System settings for each
purchasing organization is carried out.
Control Parameters:-
Purchasing Organization:
Best Applic. Std. Del. Smoothing factor Smoothing Smoothing
Score Period Time Var. for factor for factor for
Timeliness/Service Quantity Shipping
reliability Instructions
Similar are the settings for other Purchasing Organizations.
Purchasing Organization :
Criterion Descr. Manual Sub- Description Wt. Man.
Maint. Criter Maint.
ion

Purchasing Organization :
Weighting Keys per Purchasing Organization 02: Unequal Weighting
Evaluation Criterion Weighting
Purchasing Organization:
Assignment of Points Scores
Scoring Method : 2 Quantity Reliability
POrg M S Perc. Perc. Description Porg. Score
Scoring Method: 3 On-time delivery
POrg M S Perc. Perc. Description Porg. Score
4.3.25 Source determination

Settings for NFCL :
MM related settings for source determination and plant specific supply regions not
required for NFCL. But supply regions corresponding to Sd transportation zones have
been defined in SD. Refer SD documentation for details.
4.3.26 Taxes
In this section, you maintain the tax code determination facility.
Within the framework of the price determination process, it is possible to have the tax
code determined automatically via the conditions.
Such automatic determination is useful, for example, if different tax rates apply depending
on whether a material is placed in stock or consumed immediately.

For the purposes of automatic tax code determination, tax indicators derived from the
material master record, customizing, or the purchasing document are used. The system
determines the tax code on the basis of the combination of these tax indicators.
Settings for NFCL :

Not Required for NFCL.
4.3.27 Subsequent settlement

This section describes how to set up the subsequent (end-of-period rebate) settlement
accounting facility.
Subsequent (end-of-period) settlement is effected with respect to various conditions (for
example, conditions governing the granting of volume-based incentive rebates) that are
valid during a certain period and which have been agreed upon by two business partners.
Settings for NFCL :

No requirement for NFCL.
4.3.28 Setup partner determination

To set up the partner roles for vendors. For each account group, it is specified which
roles the business partners may assume. Partner determination can be set up at Vendor
master level or at Purchasing document level or at both.
4.3.28.1 Partner Roles
Settings for NFCL :

4.3.28.2 Partner Settings in Vendor Master Record
Settings for NFCL :

Standard SAP settings (partner schemas L1, L2, L3 for account group KRED) retained.
4.3.28.3 Partner Settings in Purchasing Documents
4.3.28.3.1 Define partner schemas
Settings for NFCL :

Standard SAP settings ( partner schemas 0001(Contract), 0002(PO) and 0003(Stock
Transfer Order)) retained.
4.3.28.3.2 Assign partner schemas to document types
Settings for NFCL :
Doc. Document Description Partner Description

category type det.prc
A AN RFQ
A ZAIM AOB Imports RFQ/Quot 0002 Standard PO

A ZAMC Kakinada AMC RFQ 0002 Standard PO

A ZAOB AOB Std RFQ/Quotn 0002 Standard PO
A ZCMC CMC(Corp)Std RFQ/Qtn 0002 Standard PO
A ZKBG Kakinada Bags RFQ/Qt 0002 Standard PO
A ZKCP Kakinada Capital RFQ 0002 Standard PO
A ZKIM Kakinada Imports RFQ 0002 Standard PO
A ZKKD Kakinada Std RFQ/Qt 0002 Standard PO
A ZKSR Kakinada Service RFQ 0002 Standard PO
A ZMPS Mktg.Pesticides Quot 0002 Standard PO
A ZMSR Mktg.Service RFQ-SD 0002 Standard PO
A ZMST Mktg.Trnsprtn RFQ-SD 0002 Standard PO
A ZSED Seeds Std RFQ/Quotn 0002 Standard PO
A ZSFD Spclty Fert RFQ/Quot 0002 Standard PO
A ZTIM Trd.Fert.Imp RFQ/Qtn 0002 Standard PO
A ZTRD Trd.Fert.Std RFQ/Qtn 0002 Standard PO
F DB Dummy purchase order 0002 Standard PO
F FO Framework order 0002 Standard PO
F NB Standard PO 0002 Standard PO
F UB Stock transport ord. 0003 Stock Transfr
PurOrd
F ZAIM AOB Imports PO 0002 Standard PO
F ZAMC Kakinada AMC Rel.PO 0002 Standard PO
F ZAOB AOB Standard PO 0002 Standard PO
F ZAST AOB Stk Trnsfr PO 0002 Stock Transfr
PurOrd
F ZCMC CMC(Corp) Std PO 0002 Standard PO
F ZKBG Kakinada Bags PO 0002 Standard PO
F ZKCP Kakinada Capital PO 0002 Standard PO
F ZKFO Kakinada Framewrk PO 0002 Standard PO
F ZKIM Kakinada Imports PO 0002 Standard PO
F ZKKD Kakinada Standard PO 0002 Standard PO
F ZKNG Kakinada Natl.Gas PO 0002 Standard PO
F ZKSR Kakinada Service PO 0002 Standard PO
F ZKST Kakinada Stk Trfr PO 0003 Stock Transfr
PurOrd
F ZMPS Pesticides Std PO-SD 0002 Standard PO
F ZMSR Mktg Service PO-SD 0002 Standard PO
F ZMST Mktg Trnsptn Serv PO 0002 Standard PO
F ZPPS STA ROAD-PORT 0003 Stock Transfr
PurOrd
F ZPPT STA RAIL-PORT 0003 Stock Transfr
PurOrd
F ZPRT STA RAIL-PLANT 0003 Stock Transfr
PurOrd
F ZPST STA ROAD-PLANT 0003 Stock Transfr
PurOrd
F ZSED Seeds Standard PO 0002 Standard PO
F ZSFD Spclty Fertiliser PO 0002 Standard PO
F ZSFT SFD Stk Transfer PO 0003 Stock Transfr
PurOrd
F ZSST Seeds Stk Trnsfr PO 0003 Stock Transfr
PurOrd

F ZSTA Mktg Warehouse STA 0003 Stock Transfr

PurOrd
F ZTIM Traded Fert. PO(Imp) 0002 Standard PO
F ZTRD Traded Fert. PO(Dom) 0002 Standard PO
K MK Quantity contract
K WK Value contract
K ZAMC Kakinda AMC 0001 Contracts
K ZKBG Kakinda Bags Contrct 0001 Contracts
K ZKKD KKD Std Contrct(Val) 0001 Contracts
K ZKKQ KKD Std Contrct(Qty) 0001 Contracts
K ZKSR Kakinda Serv Contrct 0001 Contracts
K ZMSR Marktg Serv Contract 0001 Contracts
K ZMST Mktg Trnsprtn Cntrct 0001 Contracts
K ZTRD Trad.Fert Qty Cntrct 0001 Contracts
L LP Scheduling agreement
L LPA Scheduling agreement
L LU Transp. sched. agmt.
L ZKBG KKD Bags Schdl Agmnt 0001 Contracts
L ZKKD KKD Std Schdl Agmnt 0001 Contracts
4.3.28.4 Partner Setting in Rebate Arrangements
Settings for NFCL :

4.3.29 Reporting
Settings for NFCL :
4.3.30 Buyer's negotiation sheet

4.3.30.1 Assign layout sets
To define the scope-of-list parameters for the buyer's negotiation sheet. The scope-of-list
parameters determine
 which purchasing statistics data is to be included in the buyer's negotiation sheet, and
how this information is to be printed
Settings for NFCL :

SAP standard settings retained. Not required for NFCL.
4.3.30.2 Define scope of list

In this step, you define the following for a scope-of-list parameter:
 which information the buyer's negotiation sheet is to contain, and
 the order in which the information is to be outputted.
The information in the buyer's negotiation sheet is derived from 3 principal sources :
vendor master record, material master record, and the purchasing info. record.
Settings for NFCL :

SAP standard settings retained. Not required for NFCL.

4.4 EXTERNAL SERVICES MANAGEMENT

4.4.1 Service Master
In this section, the system settings that are important for the service master record are
made.
4.4.1.1 Define Organisational status for service categories
The Organisational status of various service categories are defined here. The
assignment to an organisation status has a descriptive function only, not a control
function in the program.
Settings for NFCL:
Org. Service Basic Data CO Purchase SD Description

Category Status Status Status Status
AS01 X Status Basic Data
AS02 X X Status Basic Data + CO
AS03 X X Status Basic Data + MM
ZNFC X X X X Stat:Basic+MM+CO+SD
(NFCL)
4.4.1.2 Define Service Category
The Service Category is the most important criterion for structuring service master
records. It provides a default value for the valuation classes. Service master records can
be assigned to number ranges on the basis of the service category.
Settings for NFCL:
Serv. Org. Serv. Acct. Service Category Description

Category Category Category
Ref
ADMN ZNFC 0006 Admin. Services - KKD
ALL AS02 0006 Complete service
CIVL ZNFC 0006 Civil Services - KKD PM
CMCS ZNFC 0006 CMC Services
ELEC ZNFC 0006 Electrical Serv. - KKD PM
GRND AS01 0006 Basis service
INST ZNFC 0006 Instrumentn.Serv.- KKD PM
MAIN ZNFC 0006 Maintenance Serv.- KKD PM
MKTG ZNFC 0006 Marketing Services
SERV AS03 0006 Service: purchasing
Here, the Number Ranges for the Service Master Records are maintained as per service
categories.

Settings for NFCL :
Number Range Service From Number To Number Ext. No.

Group Category Range
Activity 01 GRND 000000000001000000 000000000001999999
Activity 01 GRND 000000000002000000 000000000002999999 
Activity 02 ALL / SERV 000000000003000000 000000000003999999
Activity 02 ALL / SERV 000000000004000000 000000000004999999 
Civil Services - CIVL 000000000000100001 000000000000200000
KKD PM
Electrical ELEC 000000000000200001 000000000000300000
Services - KKD
PM
Maintenance MAIN 000000000000300001 000000000000400000
Services - KKD
PM
Instrumentation INST 000000000000400001 000000000000500000
Services - KKD
PM
Administration ADMN 000000000000500001 000000000000600000
Services - KKD
CMC Services CMCS 000000000000600001 000000000000700000
Marketing MKTG 000000000005000001 000000000006000000
Services - SD
ESM
4.4.1.4 Set up List Display

Here, for display of Service Master Records, the fields and the sequence for the list are
defined.
Settings for NFCL :

4.4.1.5 Field Display for Service Master

In this section, you can control the maintenance of service master records.
For the purposes of both individual maintenance and maintenance via lists, you can
specify which fields are
 required entry
 optional entry
 display or suppressed entry
Control of the input attribute depends on the service category.
4.4.1.5.1 Set Individual maintenance

In this step, you can set up the field selection for the maintenance of individual service
master records.
Settings for NFCL :

Valuation class made required entry in service master records. Otherwise standard SAP
settings retained.
4.4.1.5.2 Set List Entry

This step allows to control the maintenance of service master records in large nos.
through List entry function. Here, it can be specified which fields
 Require an entry
 Allow an entry
 Do not allow an entry
The Input attribute is controlled on the basis of the service category.
Settings for NFCL :

4.4.2 Number Ranges

4.4.2.1 Define number ranges for service entry sheet
In this step, you maintain the number ranges for service entry sheets.
Settings for NFCL :
No. range Object : Entry sheet

No. From Number To number
01 1000000000 1999999999
4.4.2.2 Define syst.-int. number range for service specifications

In the system, just one number is assigned to each set of service specifications. This
number is only used internally by the system: it does not appear on the user interface.
Settings for NFCL :
No. range Object : Service Package

No. From Number To number
01 0000000001 2000000000
4.4.2.3 Assign number ranges

In this step, you make the following assignments to each other.
 system-internal number range for service specifications (01) to
 number range for service entry sheets (01)
No. Range for package No. Range (Entry Sheets)

01 01
4.4.2.4 Define attributes of system messages
In External Services Management, a number of system messages containing important

information for users may be issued. Users can process this information further.

Settings for NFCL:

SAP Standard setings retained.

You can determine the attributes of the input fields for the procurement of external
services.
You can define which fields
 require an entry (required- or mandatory-entry fields)
 allow an entry (optional-entry fields)
 prohibit an entry (display or suppressed fields)
Settings for NFCL:

SAP Standard Settings retained.
4.4.2.6 Define Source Determination and default values
Here, certain default settings for the procurement of services can be defined such as the
line number Increment, default value of the unit of measure and material group.
Settings for NFCL:

The settings have been done both at Pur. Org. and Client level.
Increment Default Mat Grp UOM – Item Lvl

10 98 JOB
4.4.2.7 Service overview and value limits: direct call
Here, it is defined whether it is required to work with outline function when processing
service specifications. In the standard system, a box will be proposed whether or not to
work with outline function when the services are maintained in Purchasing.
Settings for NFCL:
As the PO for service at NFCL is not complicated, the Outline function is not required.
The Service Overview is called directly.
Tr./event Service Limits Description

1X Purchase requisition
2 Request for quotation
3 Quotation
4X Purchase order
5X Service entry
6X Acceptance
7X Contract
8X Maintenance/project system
4.4.2.8 Maintain Matchcodes for Service Entry Sheet

Settings for NFCL:

Standard SAP Settings retained.
4.4.2.9 Define Release Procedure for Service Entry Sheet
Settings for NFCL:

4.4.2.10 Formulas for Quantity Determination
Settings for NFCL:

4.4.2.11 Maintain conditions for services

This step describes how the price determination process is controlled. For price
determination purposes, you must specify
 how the net price for services is determined and
 how prices and conditions can be entered.
4.4.2.11.1 Condition types
Settings for NFCL :
Condn Name Access Calc. Condit. Accruals Pricing

type Seq. Type Category Proced.
GPRO Percent. from Limits A
NAVM Non-Deductible Tax B N
NAVS Non-Deductible Tax 0030 B N
PRS Total Price 0010 C H MS0001
PRS0 General Price Compon C V
PRS1 Percentage of Wage C V
PRS2 Overheads C V
PRS3 Misc Price Component C V
PRS4 Relevant Value C
PRSX Total Price C H
ZA00 Service Tax % A
ZA01 Sales Tax - Works % A B
ZDIS Discount on Gross A
ZPRS Total Price-Handling ZHND C H ZSDSRV
ZSR1 Srv.Rent-XsRes-GrScl ZHND C H
ZSRP Serv.Rent-Minm Resrv ZHND B H
ZSRS Serv.Rent-Excess Res ZHND C H
4.4.2.11.2 Access: Maintain (Price Services)
Settings for NFCL :

The following Access Sequence has been created for SD Services.

ZHND – Acc.Seq.- SD Godown Services
AcSq Ac. No. Table Req E

ZSC1 10 904 0
4.4.2.11.3 Create/ Change / Display Condition Table
Settings for NFCL :

Table 904 is created for SD Godown Services Minimum and Excess Rent determination
at Purchasing Org.-Vendor-Service Number-Plant-Storage Location level. This is to
determine automatically the stoarge rents at warehouses.
4.4.2.11.4 Conditions: Procedure for Services

Following Service pricing schemas have been built for SD related services. But the
second one is also being used by other areas.
Settings for NFCL :
Procedure: ZSDSRV - ESM Proc-Gdwn/Rlhd Services-SD
Step Condition From To step Manual Statisticl Description

No. Type step only
10 ZSRP 0 0 Serv.Rent-Minm Resrv
15 ZSRS 0 0 Serv.Rent-Excess Res
20 ZSR1 0 0 Srv.Rent-XsRes-GrScl
30 10 20 Total Storage Charges
35 ZPRS 0 0 Total Price-Handling
40 ZA00 35 0 X Service Tax %
50 35 40 Total Service Charges
Procedure: ZSDTRP - ESM Proc-Transprtn-SD/KKD Srv.
Step Condition From To step Manual Statisticl Description

No. Type step only
10 PRS 0 0 Total Price
10 PRSX 0 0 Total Price
15 10 0 Total Price
20 ZDIS 15 0 Discount on Gross
25 15 20 Total Price Netoff Discount
30 ZA00 15 0 X Service Tax %
31 ZA01 15 0X Sales Tax - Works %
35 PRS2 0 0 Overheads
40 25 35 Effective Price
4.4.2.11.5 Variable Calculation Schema for Services
Settings for NFCL :

Doc. Document Description Proced. Description

catg type
A AN RFQ MS0000 Performance Procedure

A ZAMC Kakinada AMC RFQ ZSDTRP ESM Proc-Transprtn-SD/KKD Srv.
A ZKSR Kakinada Service RFQ ZSDTRP ESM Proc-Transprtn-SD/KKD Srv.
A ZMSR Mktg.Service RFQ-SD ZSDSRV ESM Proc-Gdwn/Rlhd Services-SD
A ZMST Mktg.Trnsprtn RFQ-SD ZSDTRP ESM Proc-Transprtn-SD/KKD Srv.
B NB Purchase requisition MS0000 Performance Procedure
B ZAMC Kakinada AMC RFQ ZSDTRP ESM Proc-Transprtn-SD/KKD Srv.
B ZKSR Kakinada Service RFQ ZSDTRP ESM Proc-Transprtn-SD/KKD Srv.
B ZMSR Mktg.Service RFQ-SD ZSDSRV ESM Proc-Gdwn/Rlhd Services-SD
B ZMST Mktg.Trnsprtn RFQ-SD ZSDTRP ESM Proc-Transprtn-SD/KKD Srv.
F NB Purchase requisition MS0000 Performance Procedure
F ZAMC Kakinada AMC RFQ ZSDTRP ESM Proc-Transprtn-SD/KKD Srv.
F ZKSR Kakinada Service RFQ ZSDTRP ESM Proc-Transprtn-SD/KKD Srv.
F ZMSR Mktg.Service RFQ-SD ZSDSRV ESM Proc-Gdwn/Rlhd Services-SD
F ZMST Mktg.Trnsprtn RFQ-SD ZSDTRP ESM Proc-Transprtn-SD/KKD Srv.
4.4.2.11.6 Conditions: Exclusion Indicator

Settings for NFCL :
4.4.2.12 Messages
4.4.2.12.1 Define texts for service entry sheet

In this step, you define the texts for the messages for service entry sheets.
Settings for NFCL :

4.4.2.12.2 Layout sheet for service entry sheet

In this section, you can adjust the layout set for the service entry sheet and assign it to an
output program.
4.4.2.12.2.1 Assign layout sheet and output program
Settings for NFCL :
Output Transm. Program FORM routine Form

type medium
NEU 1 SAPFM11P ENTRY_NEW ML_SERVICE_ENTRY

NEU 2 SAPFM11P ENTRY_NEW ML_SERVICE_ENTRY
ZSEK 1 SAPFM11P ENTRY_NEW ML_SERVICE_ENTRY
ZSEM 1 SAPFM11P ENTRY_NEW ML_SERVICE_ENTRY

4.4.2.12.3 Output control for service entry sheet
4.4.2.12.3.1 Define condition table

Settings for NFCL :
4.4.2.12.3.2 Define access sequence

Settings for NFCL :
4.4.2.12.3.3 Define message types

Settings for NFCL :
2 output types have been defined. ZSEK- Srv.Entry Sheet-KKD, ZSEM- Srv.Entry Sheet-
MKTG with acc. Seq. 0001 and transmission medium , partner function and time of
output as VN , 1 and 3 respectively. New and change operands have been set for both in
fine tuned message control.
4.4.2.12.3.4 Define message determination schemas

Settings for NFCL :
2 output types have been defined. ZSEK- Srv.Entry Sheet-KKD, ZSEM- Srv.Entry Sheet-
MKTG and have been included in the standard message schema RMBES1- Entry of Srvc
prfrmd.
RMBES1 Entry of Srvc

Prfrmd
Usage App Description Procedure Trans. New New

Time Message Partner
Spot Determn. Role Det.
B EV Data entry RMBES1
sheet
4.4.2.12.3.5 Define partner roles per message type

Settings for NFCL :
Partner role VN has been assigned to both ZSEK and ZSEM.
4.4.2.12.4 Reporting
In this section, you

 determine which reports are necessary,
 determine which standard reports are to be used,
 make the appropriate settings for the standard reports,
 determine the requirement for and content of additional reports and
 create additional reports.
Settings for NFCL :

Not required for NFCL and not active in IMG.

4.5 INVENTORY MANAGEMENT

4.5.1 Plant Parameters
In this step, you make the general plant settings for Inventory Management. All settings
are also contained in the individual steps of the Implementation Guide for Inventory
Management.
Settings for NFCL :

Wherever changes have been made they have been made at individual configuration
steps. Here those changes are reflected. Otherwise SAP standard settings retained.

In Inventory Management, the system issues messages in the course of transactions to
inform the user about certain system responses or data situations (for example, a
message indicating that the order item is flagged “delivery completed”). The type of
system messages for a version is defined whether it is a warning, error message.
Settings for NFCL :

4.5.3 Number Assignment

4.5.3.1 Define Number Assignment for Accounting documents.
Settings for NFCL:

This has been covered as part of FI System Documentation.
Allocate Document Type(FI) to Transactions
T Code Transaction Text Doc. Type Description

MB11 Goods Movement GI NFCL - Goods issue
MB1A Goods Withdrawal GI NFCL - Goods issue
MB1B Transfer Posting GI NFCL - Goods issue
MB01 Post Goods Receipt for PO GR NFCL - Goods receipt
MB0A Post Goods Receipt for PO GR NFCL - Goods receipt
MB1C Other Goods Receipts GR NFCL - Goods receipt
MB31 Goods Receipt for GR NFCL - Goods receipt
Production Order
MBRL Return Delivery per Mat. GR NFCL - Goods receipt
Document
MBSF Release Blocked Stock via GR NFCL - Goods receipt
Mat. Doc.
MBSL Copy Material Document
MBST Cancel Material Document
MI07 Process List of Differences JC AR/AP/GL clear & PI
MI08 Create List of Differences JC AR/AP/GL clear & PI
with Doc.
MI10 Create List of Differences JC AR/AP/GL clear & PI
w/o Doc.

NOTE : Other than these, automatic movement transaction codes have all been set with
doc. type GI except for :
 ME23, ME33,MEW7,ML81, ML85, QA02,SE38,VI01, VI02, VL07, VT10 - set with doc
type GR.
 VL01, VL02, VL08, VL09 - set with doc. type DC.
 VKU2, VKU3 - set with doc. type WI.
4.5.3.2 Define Number Assignment for Material and Physical Inventory docs.
The no. ranges for material documents are set for transaction event types, which govern
material movements, and not for material document types ( which are non existent).
Settings for NFCL:
Number range object Material Document

Grouping on ........ Transaction/Event type
Description / Transaction event type

No.range group for WE series - GR
WE
No.range group for WF series - GR

WF
No.range group for WO series - GR

WO
No.range group for WW series - GR

WW
No.range group for WA series - GI/TP

WA
No.range group for WI series - GI/TP

WI
No.range group for WL series - GI/TP

WL
No.range group for WQ series - GI/TP

WQ
No.range group for WR series - GI/TP

WR
No.range group for WS series - GI/TP

WS
No.range group for WZ series - GI/TP

WZ

No.range group for SI series - Sampling

SI
No.range group for IB series - Physical

Inventory
IB
No.range group for ID series - Physical

Inventory
ID
No.range group for IN series - Physical

Inventory
IN
No.range group for IZ series - Physical

Inventory
IZ
No.range group for WV series - Physical

Inventory
WV
Transaction To year From To number

Event type (calender) number
WE 1999 50000001 50999999

WE 2000 50000001 50999999
WE 2001 50000001 50999999
WF 1999 54000001 54999999

WF 2000 54000001 54999999
WF 2001 54000001 54999999
WO 1999 56000001 56999999

WO 2000 56000001 56999999
WO 2001 56000001 56999999
WW 1999 58000001 58999999

WW 2000 58000001 58999999
WW 2001 58000001 58999999
WA 1999 60000001 60999999

WA 2000 60000001 60999999
WA 2001 60000001 60999999
WI 1999 65000001 65999999

WI 2000 65000001 65999999
WI 2001 65000001 65999999

WL 1999 66000001 66999999

WL 2000 66000001 66999999
WL 2001 66000001 66999999
WQ 1999 64000001 64999999

WQ 2000 64000001 64999999
WQ 2001 64000001 64999999
WR 1999 67000001 67999999

WR 2000 67000001 67999999
WR 2001 67000001 67999999
WS 1999 68000001 68999999

WS 2000 68000001 68999999
WS 2001 68000001 68999999
WZ 1999 69000001 69999999

WZ 2000 69000001 69999999
WZ 2001 69000001 69999999
SI 1999 70000001 70999999

SI 2000 70000001 70999999
SI 2001 70000001 70999999
IB 1999 80000001 80999999

IB 2000 80000001 80999999
IB 2001 80000001 80999999
ID 1999 82000001 82999999

ID 2000 82000001 82999999
ID 2001 82000001 82999999
IN 1999 84000001 84999999

IN 2000 84000001 84999999
IN 2001 84000001 84999999
IZ 1999 86000001 86999999

IZ 2000 86000001 86999999
IZ 2001 86000001 86999999
WV 1999 88000001 88999999

WV 2000 88000001 88999999
WV 2001 88000001 88999999
4.5.3.3 Define Number Assignment for Reservations

In this step, you set up number assignment for reservations. The number assignment
applies to all plants in the client.
Settings for NFCL:

Object : MRES/DREQ ( Reservation )
Number Ranges :
No From Number To Number Ext

01 0010000001 0029999999
02 0030000000 0049999999 X
Assignment of Number Range to Reservation: 01
4.5.3.4 Define Number Assignment for Goods Receipt/Issue Slips

Under the menu option "GR/GI slips", you complete the system settings used for number
assignment of goods receipt/issue slip numbers at the time goods movements (MM) or
deliveries (SD).
Settings for NFCL:
4.5.3.4.1 Plant Settings
Plant Name 1 GR/GI slip no.

1001 VIZIANAGRAM (Logical)
1002 Vizianagaram
1003 Amadalvalsa
1004 Anakapalli
1101 AO Kakinada
1102 Tanuku
1103 Tadepalligudem
1104 Eluru
1105 Dwarapudi
1106 Bhimavaram
1150 Not to be used (to be deleted)
1199 Ethakote
1201 Yanam
1301 AO Guntur
1302 Chirala
1303 Guntur
1304 Narasaraopeta
1305 Ongole
1306 Tenali
1307 Sattenapalli
1308 Nadikudi
1401 AO Nellore
1402 Kavali
1403 Renigunta
1404 Nellore
1405 Cuddapah
1451 Chittoor
2001 AO Vijayawada
2002 Vijayawada
2003 Gudivada

2004 Khammam
2005 Bhadrachalam Road
2050 not to be used (to be deleted)
2101 AO Hyderabad
2102 Hyderabad
2103 Miryalaguda
2201 AO Nizamabad
2202 Kamareddy
2203 Nizamabad
2204 Adilabad
2301 AO Warangal
2302 Warangal
2303 Peddapalli
2350 Karimnagar
2401 AO Kurnool
2402 Adoni
2403 Jadcherla
2404 Mahabubnagar
2405 Kurnool
2406 Anantapur
2407 Nandyal
3001 AO Bhubaneswar
3002 Bhadrak
3003 Balasore
3004 Khurda Road
3005 Berhampur
3006 J K Road
3007 Cuttack
3008 not to be used (to be deleted)
3101 AO Sambalpur
3102 Rayagada
3103 Jeypore
3104 Kesinga
3105 Bargarh
3106 Sambalpur
3107 Jharsuguda
3108 Bolangir
4001 Area Office WB Plant
4050 West Bengal (Buffers)-Logical
4051 National Industries Dum Dum
4052 TDC Cossimbazar
4053 Mangla Traders Burdwan
4501 AO Patna
4550 Bihar (Buffers ) Logical
5001 AO Nagpur
5050 Maharasthra (Buffers ) Logical
6001 AO Bellary
6050 Karnataka (Buffers ) Logical
7050 Tamil Nadu(Buffers)Logical
9001 Corporate
COMM Corporate Office - Hyderabad X
KKD1 Plant-1 Kakinada X


KKD3 Utility/Bagging/Other-Kakinada X
SD01 Seeds Plant 1 - Warangal X
SD02 Seeds Plant 2 - Sambalpur X
SD03 Seeds Plant 3 - Kurnool X
SD04 Seeds Plant 4 - Kompalli X
SD20 NFCL(P)Godown X
Aurangabad(Seed)
Bhubaneswr(Seed)
SD22 NFCL(P)Godown Bellary (Seed) X
SD23 NFCL(P)Godown Calcutta (Seed) X
SD24 NFCL(P)Godown Indore (Seed) X
SD25 NFCL (P) Godown Jaipur (Seed) X
SD26 NFCL(P)Godown Patna (Seed) X
SD27 NFCL(P)Godown Trichy (Seed) X
SF01 SFD Plant - Hyderabad 405 X
SF02 SFD Plant - Hyderabad X
SF03 SFD Plant - Nellore X
SF04 SFD Plant - Trichy 957 X
SF05 SFD Plant - Bangalore 959 X
SF06 SFD Plant - Bellary 903 X
SF07 SFD Plant - Sholapur 726 X
SF08 SFD Plant - Nasik 725 X
SF09 SFD Plant - Bareilly 651 X
SF11 SFD Plant - Karnal 756 X
SF12 SFD Plant - Bhatinda 894 X
SF13 SFD Plant - Ahmedabad X
SH01 Kakinada Shiphold X
SH02 Vishakhapatnam Shiphold X
SP01 Kakinada Port X
SP02 Vishakhapatnam Port X
SP03 Chennai Port X
SP04 Krishnapatnam Port X
4.5.3.4.2 No. Range Grouping Codes Assignment
No.rng.grpg.cde Number Number range

range
0001 01
0002 02
0003 03
0004 04
0005 05
0006 06
0007 07
0008 08
0009 09
0010 10
0011 11

0012 12
0013 15
0014 14
0015 13
0016 16
0017 17
4.5.3.4.3 No. Range Intervals
No. Range Grouping Codes / Description

GRN No. Range Group - Kakinada
0001
GRN No. Range Group - CMC

0002
GRN No. Range Group - Seeds Plant 1

0003

0004

0005

0006
GRN No. Range Group - Seeds Plant 20 to 27

0007
GRN No. Range Group - Specialty Fertilizers Plant 1 to 13

0008
GRN No. Range Group - Port Plant 1

0009

0010

0011

0012
STA No. Range Group 2 - Kakinada

0015
STA No. Range Group 1 - Kakinada

0014
DC No. Range Group - Kakinada Material Stores

0013
STA No. Range Group 1 - Port

0016
STA No. Range Group 2 - Port

0017
No.range To year From To number External

number number
01 2000 100001 1000000

01 2001 100001 1000000
02 2000 1500001 2000000
02 2001 1500001 2000000
03 2000 2000001 2500000
03 2001 2000001 2500000
04 2000 2500001 3000000
04 2001 2500001 3000000
05 2000 3000001 3500000
05 2001 3000001 3500000
06 2000 3500001 4000000
06 2001 3500001 4000000
07 2000 4000001 5000000
07 2001 4000001 5000000
08 2000 5000001 6000000
08 2001 5000001 6000000
09 2000 6000001 6500000
09 2001 6000001 6500000
10 2000 6500001 7000000
10 2001 6500001 7000000
11 2000 7000001 7500000
11 2001 7000001 7500000
12 2000 7500001 8000000
12 2001 7500001 8000000
13 2000 9000001 10000000
13 2001 9000001 10000000
14 2000 8000001 9000000
14 2001 8000001 9000000
15 2000 1001 10000
15 2001 1001 10000
16 2000 10000001 10500000
16 2001 10000001 10500000
17 2000 10500001 11000000
17 2001 10500001 11000000
4.5.3.4.4 Object Assignment

Plant Storage Movement No.rng.

Location type grpg.cde
0001 0001 301

0001 0001 543
COMM 543 0002
COMM CMCS 101 0002
COMM CMCS 105 0002
COMM CMCS 305 0002
COMM CMCS 501 0002
KKD1 543 0001
KKD1 B1 101 0001
KKD1 B1 104 0013
KKD1 B1 105 0001
KKD1 B1 122 0013
KKD1 B1 124 0013
KKD1 B1 261 0001
KKD1 B1 305 0001
KKD1 B1 501 0001
KKD1 B1 531 0001
KKD1 B10 105 0001
KKD1 B10 305 0001
KKD1 B10 501 0001
KKD1 B10 511 0001
KKD1 B11 101 0001
KKD1 B11 105 0001
KKD1 B11 305 0001
KKD1 B11 501 0001
KKD1 B12A 101 0001
KKD1 B12A 105 0001
KKD1 B12A 305 0001
KKD1 B12A 501 0001
KKD1 B12B 101 0001
KKD1 B12B 105 0001
KKD1 B12B 305 0001
KKD1 B12B 501 0001
KKD1 B13A 101 0001
KKD1 B13A 105 0001
KKD1 B13A 305 0001
KKD1 B13A 501 0001
KKD1 B13B 101 0001
KKD1 B13B 105 0001
KKD1 B13B 305 0001
KKD1 B13B 501 0001
KKD1 B14 101 0001
KKD1 B14 105 0001
KKD1 B14 305 0001
KKD1 B14 501 0001
KKD1 B2 101 0001
KKD1 B2 105 0001
KKD1 B2 305 0001

KKD1 B2 501 0001

KKD1 B20 101 0001
KKD1 B20 105 0001
KKD1 B20 305 0001
KKD1 B20 501 0001
KKD1 B21 101 0001
KKD1 B21 105 0001
KKD1 B21 305 0001
KKD1 B21 501 0001
KKD1 B22 101 0001
KKD1 B22 105 0001
KKD1 B22 305 0001
KKD1 B22 501 0001
KKD1 B25 101 0001
KKD1 B25 105 0001
KKD1 B25 305 0001
KKD1 B25 501 0001
KKD1 B4 101 0001
KKD1 B4 105 0001
KKD1 B4 305 0001
KKD1 B4 501 0001
KKD1 B5 101 0001
KKD1 B5 105 0001
KKD1 B5 305 0001
KKD1 B5 501 0001
KKD1 B6A 101 0001
KKD1 B6A 105 0001
KKD1 B6A 305 0001
KKD1 B6A 501 0001
KKD1 B6B 101 0001
KKD1 B6B 105 0001
KKD1 B6B 305 0001
KKD1 B6B 501 0001
KKD1 B7A 101 0001
KKD1 B7A 105 0001
KKD1 B7A 305 0001
KKD1 B7A 501 0001
KKD1 B7B 101 0001
KKD1 B7B 105 0001
KKD1 B7B 305 0001
KKD1 B7B 501 0001
KKD1 B8 101 0001
KKD1 B8 105 0001
KKD1 B8 305 0001
KKD1 B8 501 0001
KKD1 B9A 101 0001
KKD1 B9A 105 0001
KKD1 B9A 305 0001
KKD1 B9A 501 0001
KKD1 B9B 101 0001
KKD1 B9B 105 0001
KKD1 B9B 305 0001

KKD1 B9B 501 0001

KKD1 NGLS 261 0001
KKD1 NP1 101 0001
KKD1 NP1 105 0001
KKD1 NP1 305 0001
KKD1 NP1 501 0001
KKD1 REJS 122 0013
KKD1 T1 101 0001
KKD1 T1 105 0001
KKD1 T1 305 0001
KKD1 T1 501 0001
KKD1 T2 101 0001
KKD1 T2 105 0001
KKD1 T2 305 0001
KKD1 T2 501 0001
KKD1 Y1 101 0001
KKD1 Y1 105 0001
KKD1 Y1 305 0001
KKD1 Y1 501 0001
KKD1 Y2 101 0001
KKD1 Y2 105 0001
KKD1 Y2 305 0001
KKD1 Y2 501 0001
KKD1 Y3 101 0001
KKD1 Y3 105 0001
KKD1 Y3 305 0001
KKD1 Y3 501 0001
KKD2 543 0001
KKD2 B1 101 0001
KKD2 B1 104 0013
KKD2 B1 105 0001
KKD2 B1 122 0013
KKD2 B1 124 0013
KKD2 B1 261 0001
KKD2 B1 305 0001
KKD2 B1 501 0001
KKD2 B1 531 0001
KKD2 B10 105 0001
KKD2 B10 305 0001
KKD2 B10 501 0001
KKD2 B10 511 0001
KKD2 B11 101 0001
KKD2 B11 105 0001
KKD2 B11 305 0001
KKD2 B11 501 0001
KKD2 B12A 101 0001
KKD2 B12A 105 0001
KKD2 B12A 305 0001
KKD2 B12A 501 0001
KKD2 B12B 101 0001
KKD2 B12B 105 0001
KKD2 B12B 305 0001

KKD2 B12B 501 0001

KKD2 B13A 101 0001
KKD2 B13A 105 0001
KKD2 B13A 305 0001
KKD2 B13A 501 0001
KKD2 B13B 101 0001
KKD2 B13B 105 0001
KKD2 B13B 305 0001
KKD2 B13B 501 0001
KKD2 B14 101 0001
KKD2 B14 105 0001
KKD2 B14 305 0001
KKD2 B14 501 0001
KKD2 B2 101 0001
KKD2 B2 105 0001
KKD2 B2 305 0001
KKD2 B2 501 0001
KKD2 B20 101 0001
KKD2 B20 105 0001
KKD2 B20 305 0001
KKD2 B20 501 0001
KKD2 B21 101 0001
KKD2 B21 105 0001
KKD2 B21 305 0001
KKD2 B21 501 0001
KKD2 B22 101 0001
KKD2 B22 105 0001
KKD2 B22 305 0001
KKD2 B22 501 0001
KKD2 B25 101 0001
KKD2 B25 105 0001
KKD2 B25 305 0001
KKD2 B25 501 0001
KKD2 B4 101 0001
KKD2 B4 105 0001
KKD2 B4 305 0001
KKD2 B4 501 0001
KKD2 B5 101 0001
KKD2 B5 105 0001
KKD2 B5 305 0001
KKD2 B5 501 0001
KKD2 B6A 101 0001
KKD2 B6A 105 0001
KKD2 B6A 305 0001
KKD2 B6A 501 0001
KKD2 B6B 101 0001
KKD2 B6B 105 0001
KKD2 B6B 305 0001
KKD2 B6B 501 0001
KKD2 B7A 101 0001
KKD2 B7A 105 0001
KKD2 B7A 305 0001

KKD2 B7A 501 0001

KKD2 B7B 101 0001
KKD2 B7B 105 0001
KKD2 B7B 305 0001
KKD2 B7B 501 0001
KKD2 B8 101 0001
KKD2 B8 105 0001
KKD2 B8 305 0001
KKD2 B8 501 0001
KKD2 B9A 101 0001
KKD2 B9A 105 0001
KKD2 B9A 305 0001
KKD2 B9A 501 0001
KKD2 B9B 101 0001
KKD2 B9B 105 0001
KKD2 B9B 305 0001
KKD2 B9B 501 0001
KKD2 NP1 101 0001
KKD2 NP1 105 0001
KKD2 NP1 305 0001
KKD2 NP1 501 0001
KKD2 REJS 122 0013
KKD2 T1 101 0001
KKD2 T1 105 0001
KKD2 T1 305 0001
KKD2 T1 501 0001
KKD2 T2 101 0001
KKD2 T2 105 0001
KKD2 T2 305 0001
KKD2 T2 501 0001
KKD2 Y1 101 0001
KKD2 Y1 105 0001
KKD2 Y1 305 0001
KKD2 Y1 501 0001
KKD2 Y2 101 0001
KKD2 Y2 105 0001
KKD2 Y2 305 0001
KKD2 Y2 501 0001
KKD2 Y3 101 0001
KKD2 Y3 105 0001
KKD2 Y3 305 0001
KKD2 Y3 501 0001
KKD3 543 0001
KKD3 B1 101 0001
KKD3 B1 104 0013
KKD3 B1 105 0001
KKD3 B1 122 0013
KKD3 B1 124 0013
KKD3 B1 305 0001
KKD3 B1 501 0001
KKD3 B10 105 0001
KKD3 B10 305 0001

KKD3 B10 501 0001

KKD3 B10 511 0001
KKD3 B11 101 0001
KKD3 B11 105 0001
KKD3 B11 305 0001
KKD3 B11 501 0001
KKD3 B12A 101 0001
KKD3 B12A 105 0001
KKD3 B12A 305 0001
KKD3 B12A 501 0001
KKD3 B12B 101 0001
KKD3 B12B 105 0001
KKD3 B12B 305 0001
KKD3 B12B 501 0001
KKD3 B13A 101 0001
KKD3 B13A 105 0001
KKD3 B13A 305 0001
KKD3 B13A 501 0001
KKD3 B13B 101 0001
KKD3 B13B 105 0001
KKD3 B13B 305 0001
KKD3 B13B 501 0001
KKD3 B14 101 0001
KKD3 B14 105 0001
KKD3 B14 305 0001
KKD3 B14 501 0001
KKD3 B2 101 0001
KKD3 B2 105 0001
KKD3 B2 305 0001
KKD3 B2 501 0001
KKD3 B20 101 0001
KKD3 B20 105 0001
KKD3 B20 305 0001
KKD3 B20 501 0001
KKD3 B21 101 0001
KKD3 B21 105 0001
KKD3 B21 305 0001
KKD3 B21 501 0001
KKD3 B22 101 0001
KKD3 B22 105 0001
KKD3 B22 305 0001
KKD3 B22 501 0001
KKD3 B25 101 0001
KKD3 B25 105 0001
KKD3 B25 305 0001
KKD3 B25 501 0001
KKD3 B4 101 0001
KKD3 B4 105 0001
KKD3 B4 305 0001
KKD3 B4 501 0001
KKD3 B5 101 0001
KKD3 B5 105 0001

KKD3 B5 305 0001

KKD3 B5 501 0001
KKD3 B6A 101 0001
KKD3 B6A 105 0001
KKD3 B6A 305 0001
KKD3 B6A 501 0001
KKD3 B6B 101 0001
KKD3 B6B 105 0001
KKD3 B6B 305 0001
KKD3 B6B 501 0001
KKD3 B7A 101 0001
KKD3 B7A 105 0001
KKD3 B7A 305 0001
KKD3 B7A 501 0001
KKD3 B7B 101 0001
KKD3 B7B 105 0001
KKD3 B7B 305 0001
KKD3 B7B 501 0001
KKD3 B8 101 0001
KKD3 B8 105 0001
KKD3 B8 305 0001
KKD3 B8 501 0001
KKD3 B9A 101 0001
KKD3 B9A 105 0001
KKD3 B9A 305 0001
KKD3 B9A 501 0001
KKD3 B9B 101 0001
KKD3 B9B 105 0001
KKD3 B9B 305 0001
KKD3 B9B 501 0001
KKD3 BUST 601 0014
KKD3 BUST 641 0015
KKD3 ICCS 101 0001
KKD3 ICCS 105 0001
KKD3 ICCS 305 0001
KKD3 ICCS 501 0001
KKD3 NP1 101 0001
KKD3 NP1 105 0001
KKD3 NP1 305 0001
KKD3 NP1 501 0001
KKD3 REJS 122 0013
KKD3 T1 101 0001
KKD3 T1 105 0001
KKD3 T1 305 0001
KKD3 T1 501 0001
KKD3 T2 101 0001
KKD3 T2 105 0001
KKD3 T2 305 0001
KKD3 T2 501 0001
KKD3 Y1 101 0001
KKD3 Y1 105 0001
KKD3 Y1 305 0001

KKD3 Y1 501 0001

KKD3 Y2 101 0001
KKD3 Y2 105 0001
KKD3 Y2 305 0001
KKD3 Y2 501 0001
KKD3 Y3 101 0001
KKD3 Y3 105 0001
KKD3 Y3 305 0001
KKD3 Y3 501 0001
SD01 543 0003
SD01 SD01 101 0003
SD01 SD01 105 0003
SD01 SD01 305 0003
SD01 SD01 501 0003
SD01 SPST 101 0003
SD01 SPST 105 0003
SD01 SPST 305 0003
SD01 SPST 501 0003
SD01 SSW1 101 0003
SD01 SSW1 105 0003
SD01 SSW1 305 0003
SD01 SSW1 501 0003
SD01 SSW2 101 0003
SD01 SSW2 105 0003
SD01 SSW2 305 0003
SD01 SSW2 501 0003
SD01 SSW3 101 0003
SD01 SSW3 105 0003
SD01 SSW3 305 0003
SD01 SSW3 501 0003
SD01 SSW4 101 0003
SD01 SSW4 105 0003
SD01 SSW4 305 0003
SD01 SSW4 501 0003
SD01 SSW5 101 0003
SD01 SSW5 105 0003
SD01 SSW5 305 0003
SD01 SSW5 501 0003
SD01 SSW6 101 0003
SD01 SSW6 105 0003
SD01 SSW6 305 0003
SD01 SSW6 501 0003
SD02 543 0004
SD02 SD02 101 0004
SD02 SD02 105 0004
SD02 SD02 305 0004
SD02 SD02 501 0004
SD02 SPST 101 0004
SD02 SPST 105 0004
SD02 SPST 305 0004
SD02 SPST 501 0004
SD03 543 0005

SD03 SD03 101 0005

SD03 SD03 105 0005
SD03 SD03 305 0005
SD03 SD03 501 0005
SD03 SPST 101 0005
SD03 SPST 105 0005
SD03 SPST 305 0005
SD03 SPST 501 0005
SD04 543 0006
SD04 SD04 101 0006
SD04 SD04 105 0006
SD04 SD04 305 0006
SD04 SD04 501 0006
SD04 SPST 101 0006
SD04 SPST 105 0006
SD04 SPST 305 0006
SD04 SPST 501 0006
SD20 543 0007
SD20 SD20 101 0007
SD20 SD20 105 0007
SD20 SD20 305 0007
SD20 SD20 501 0007
SD20 SPST 101 0007
SD20 SPST 105 0007
SD20 SPST 305 0007
SD20 SPST 501 0007
SD21 543 0007
SD21 SD21 101 0007
SD21 SD21 105 0007
SD21 SD21 305 0007
SD21 SD21 501 0007
SD21 SPST 101 0007
SD21 SPST 105 0007
SD21 SPST 305 0007
SD21 SPST 501 0007
SD22 543 0007
SD22 SD22 101 0007
SD22 SD22 105 0007
SD22 SD22 305 0007
SD22 SD22 501 0007
SD22 SPST 101 0007
SD22 SPST 105 0007
SD22 SPST 305 0007
SD22 SPST 501 0007
SD23 543 0007
SD23 SD23 101 0007
SD23 SD23 105 0007
SD23 SD23 305 0007
SD23 SD23 501 0007
SD23 SPST 101 0007
SD23 SPST 105 0007
SD23 SPST 305 0007

SD23 SPST 501 0007

SD24 543 0007
SD24 SD24 101 0007
SD24 SD24 105 0007
SD24 SD24 305 0007
SD24 SD24 501 0007
SD24 SPST 101 0007
SD24 SPST 105 0007
SD24 SPST 305 0007
SD24 SPST 501 0007
SD25 543 0007
SD25 SD25 101 0007
SD25 SD25 105 0007
SD25 SD25 305 0007
SD25 SD25 501 0007
SD25 SPST 101 0007
SD25 SPST 105 0007
SD25 SPST 305 0007
SD25 SPST 501 0007
SD26 543 0007
SD26 SD26 101 0007
SD26 SD26 105 0007
SD26 SD26 305 0007
SD26 SD26 501 0007
SD26 SPST 101 0007
SD26 SPST 105 0007
SD26 SPST 305 0007
SD26 SPST 501 0007
SD27 543 0007
SD27 SD27 101 0007
SD27 SD27 105 0007
SD27 SD27 305 0007
SD27 SD27 501 0007
SD27 SPST 101 0007
SD27 SPST 105 0007
SD27 SPST 305 0007
SD27 SPST 501 0007
SF01 543 0008
SF01 405 101 0008
SF01 405 105 0008
SF01 405 305 0008
SF01 405 501 0008
SF02 543 0008
SF02 NDR 101 0008
SF02 NDR 105 0008
SF02 NDR 305 0008
SF02 NDR 501 0008
SF03 543 0008
SF03 NEST 101 0008
SF03 NEST 105 0008
SF03 NEST 305 0008
SF03 NEST 501 0008

SF04 543 0008

SF04 957 101 0008
SF04 957 105 0008
SF04 957 305 0008
SF04 957 501 0008
SF05 543 0008
SF05 959 101 0008
SF05 959 105 0008
SF05 959 305 0008
SF05 959 501 0008
SF06 543 0008
SF06 903 101 0008
SF06 903 105 0008
SF06 903 305 0008
SF06 903 501 0008
SF07 543 0008
SF07 726 101 0008
SF07 726 105 0008
SF07 726 305 0008
SF07 726 501 0008
SF08 543 0008
SF08 725 101 0008
SF08 725 105 0008
SF08 725 305 0008
SF08 725 501 0008
SF09 543 0008
SF09 651 101 0008
SF09 651 105 0008
SF09 651 305 0008
SF09 651 501 0008
SF11 543 0008
SF11 756 101 0008
SF11 756 105 0008
SF11 756 305 0008
SF11 756 501 0008
SF12 543 0008
SF12 894 101 0008
SF12 894 105 0008
SF12 894 305 0008
SF12 894 501 0008
SF13 543 0008
SF13 AHST 101 0008
SF13 AHST 105 0008
SF13 AHST 305 0008
SF13 AHST 501 0008
SH01 543 0009
SH01 SP01 101 0009
SH01 SP01 105 0009
SH01 SP01 305 0009
SH01 SP01 501 0009
SH01 SP11 101 0009
SH01 SP11 105 0009

SH01 SP11 305 0009

SH01 SP11 501 0009
SH01 SP11 601 0016
SH01 SP11 641 0017
SH02 543 0010
SH02 SP02 101 0010
SH02 SP02 105 0010
SH02 SP02 305 0010
SH02 SP02 501 0010
SH02 SP22 101 0010
SH02 SP22 105 0010
SH02 SP22 305 0010
SH02 SP22 501 0010
SP01 543 0009
SP01 SP01 101 0009
SP01 SP01 105 0009
SP01 SP01 305 0009
SP01 SP01 501 0009
SP01 SP11 101 0009
SP01 SP11 105 0009
SP01 SP11 305 0009
SP01 SP11 501 0009
SP01 SP11 601 0016
SP01 SP11 641 0017
SP02 543 0010
SP02 SP02 101 0010
SP02 SP02 105 0010
SP02 SP02 305 0010
SP02 SP02 501 0010
SP02 SP22 101 0010
SP02 SP22 105 0010
SP02 SP22 305 0010
SP02 SP22 501 0010
SP03 543 0011
SP03 SP03 101 0011
SP03 SP03 105 0011
SP03 SP03 305 0011
SP03 SP03 501 0011
SP03 SP33 101 0011
SP03 SP33 105 0011
SP03 SP33 305 0011
SP03 SP33 501 0011
SP04 543 0012
SP04 SP04 101 0012
SP04 SP04 105 0012
SP04 SP04 305 0012
SP04 SP04 501 0012
SP04 SP44 101 0012
SP04 SP44 105 0012
SP04 SP44 305 0012
SP04 SP44 501 0012

4.5.4 Field selection for goods movements initial/header screens

In this step, you define the field selection for goods movements initial and header
screens. Note that the field selection for the item screens depends on the movement type
and is configured in separate steps (see Define screen layout).
Settings for NFCL :

Standard SAP settings maintained.
4.5.5 Goods Issue / Transfer Postings

Under the menu option "Goods movement," you complete the system settings for the
following goods movements:
 goods issues
 transfer postings
 other movements excluding goods receipts (for example, inventory adjustment
postings)
4.5.5.1 Create Storage Location automatically

The storage location data in the material master record can be created as follows:-
 manually by maintaining the material master record
 automatically for a goods movement (receipt)
The automatic creation of storage location view is generally allowed per plant.
Furthermore, the creation of storage location view is to be explicitly defined for every
movement type. It is to be noted that the storage location data can only be created if the
quantity is posted to the “normal” storage location stock. If there are receipts to special
stock (for example, to sales order stock), the data is not created.
Settings for NFCL :
Plant Level
Permitted for all plants created for NFCL.
Movement Type Level

Standard SAP settings maintained.
4.5.5.2 Set Manual Account Assignment

In the SAP R/3 System, account assignment is predefined via the automatic account
determination facility. However ,when material movements are done, the consumption
accounts can also be entered manually. In doing so, the predefined account assignment
can be changed as offsetting entry for inventory posting.
Settings for NFCL :

For Customized Movement Types 901 and 902 manual account assignment is made
optional. This is because for Chargeable Issues ( for which these movement types have
been defined) the automatic account determination facility has been set up via creation
and assignment of a process key.

4.5.5.3 Define screen layout

In this step, the field selection for the movement types are set. When creating a goods
movement, the field selection determines which fields are optional, mandatory or
suppressed.
Settings for NFCL :

Only following settings have been altered. For others, SAP standard settings are retained.
Movement types: 344,343,349,350 – Receiving Storage Location Field has been made
optional to capture Warehouse Codes in SD transactions for statistical reasons.
Movement types: 321 – Vendor & Purchase Order Fields have been made optional to
capture the same for Statistical reasons.
4.5.5.4 Maintain Copy Rules for Reference Documents

In this menu option,it is configured whether the items of the reference document are
proposed as selected or not on the item selection list when entering a document with
reference.
Settings for NFCL :
Transaction Transaction text Pre selection

Code
MB11 Goods Movement X
MB1A Goods X
Withdrawal
MB1B Transfer Posting X
4.5.5.5 Set up dynamic availability check

In Inventory Management, two types of availability check are carried out:
 availability check during the entry of reservations
 availability check during the entry of goods movements
In this step, the dynamic availability check is set for Goods movements. In this case, the
system checks whether the material to be withdrawn is available and issues a message, if
necessary.
Settings for NFCL :

4.5.5.6 Generate Physical Inventory Documents for Goods Movement

Under the menu option "Generate Physical Inventory Document", it is defined for each
plant and movement type whether a physical inventory document is automatically
generated when posting a goods movement. It is possible to create a physical inventory
document in addition to the material document at the time of a goods movement. This
function is important when inventory differences from the Warehouse Management
system is posted.
Settings for NFCL :

4.5.5.7 Allow negative stocks

To specify whether negative stocks are allowed in the valuation area, in the plant, and in
the storage location. Negative stocks are necessary, for example, when goods issues are
entered for organizational reasons prior to the corresponding goods receipts and the
material is already physically located in the warehouse.
Settings for NFCL :

Negative stocks have been allowed for KKD1 and KKD2 Plants only for Storage Location
B1 – Main Stores for Process related materials’ order confirmations before their receipt..
4.5.6 Goods Receipt

4.5.6.1 Set tolerance limits for goods receipt
When processing a goods receipt, the system checks each item to determine whether the
goods receipt varies from the purchase order or the material master data. The different
types of variances are defined by tolerance keys. The following variances are checked in
Inventory Management:
 Variance in the purchase order price quantity
 Variance for the moving average price of the material.
The settings are done at Company Code level.
Settings for NFCL :
Co. T.Key Description Lower Lower Upper Upper

Code Limit Limit Limit Limit
Absolute % Absolute %
NFCL B1 Order price qty. 50.00 50.00
variance (GR)/E-MSG
NFCL B2 Order price qty. 20.00 20.00
variance (GR)/W-MSG
NFCL VP Moving average price No Check No Check No Check 25
variance
4.5.6.2 Create storage location data automatically

The storage location data in the material master record can be created as follows:-
 manually by maintaining the material master record
 automatically for a goods movement (receipt)
The automatic creation of storage location view is generally allowed per plant.
Furthermore, the creation of storage location view is to be explicitly defined for every
movement type. It is to be noted that the storage location data can only be created if the
quantity is posted to the “normal” storage location stock. If there are receipts to special
stock (for example, to sales order stock), the data is not created.
Settings for NFCL :
Plant Level
Permitted for all plants under Company Code NFCL.

Movement Type Level
Movement Automatic
type SLoc. creation
101 X
102 X
103 X
104 X
105 X
106 X
122 X
123 X
124
125 X
161 X
305 X
306 X
315
316
451
452
501 X
502 X
503 X
504 X
505 X
506
511 X
512 X
521 X
522 X
523 X
524
525 X
526
531 X
532 X
561 X
562 X
563 X
564
565 X
566
581 X
582
4.5.6.3 Create purchase order automatically

In this step you create Purchase orders automatically from the movement type
transaction for which this indicator is set.

Settings for NFCL :

Standard SAP settings retained. This indicator is only active for Movement types 101,103,
161 and 501.
4.5.6.4 Set Manual Account Assignment

In the SAP R/3 System, account assignment is predefined via the automatic account
determination facility. When material movements are done, the consumption accounts
can be entered manually. In doing so, the predefined account assignment can be
changed as offsetting entry for inventory posting.
Settings for NFCL :

Settings for NFCL :

For movement type 501 and 511 Vendor field is optional and required respectively. For
MT 521 both Cost center and CO/PP order fields are optional. For MT 561 field Extra GA
amount in LC is optional. Otherwise SAP standard settings retained.

In this step, you configure whether the items of the reference document are proposed as
selected on the item selection list when entering a document with reference, or not.
The user can delete the check marks manually on the item selection list.
Settings for NFCL :
TCode Transaction text Pre selection

MB0A Post Goods Receipt for PO
MB01 Post Goods Receipt for PO
MB1C Other Goods Receipts
MB31 Goods Receipt for Production X
Order
MBRL Return Delivery per Mat. X
Document
MBSF Release Blocked Stock via Mat. X
Doc.
MBSL Copy Material Document X
MBST Cancel Material Document X
4.5.6.7 Set Dynamic Availability Check

Settings for NFCL :
4.5.6.8 Set Delivery Completed indicator

Under the menu option "Delivery completed Indicator", it can be defined that the SAP
System automatically proposes the "delivery completed" indicator for goods receipts if the
delivered quantity lies within the Under/Over-delivery Tolerance.

Settings for NFCL :

Delivery Completed Indicator is made active for all the plants assigned to Company Code
NFCL.
4.5.6.9 Set missing parts check

With the aid of the missing parts check, the system checks at the time of a goods receipt,
other receipt, or transfer posting whether the material posted as a receipt is a missing
part. If so, the system issues a warning and sends a mail message to the responsible
MRP controller in the plant.
The Missing part check is only carried out if:

 it is active in the plant
 a checking rule is defined for the transaction
 a checking group is defined for the availability check in the material master record
(MRP data)
The check is carried out on the basis of checking rules. The checking rule specifies
which requirements are to be considered. The missing parts check uses the same
checking rule (at transaction level) as the availability check. However, it is also possible
to define a separate checking rule at movement type level for the missing parts check.
Settings for NFCL :

Not required for NFCL. Can be activated later.
4.5.6.10 For GR based IV, Reversal of GR despite IV

In this step, it can be specified for each movement type whether, with GR-based invoice
verification, a reversal with reference to the purchase order or a return delivery can be
entered, even if the invoice relating to the goods receipt document has already been
posted.
Settings for NFCL :
Mvt.Type Description Reversal

despite IR
102 GR for PO X
Reversal
122 RE return to X
Vendor
161 GR returns X
4.5.6.11 Set expiration date check

In this step you set the material shelf life expiration date check for goods receipts for
each plant and movement type.
Settings for NFCL :
Plant Plant Description SLExp/prod.date
0001 Werk 0001

1001 VIZIANAGRAM (Logical) X

1002 Vizianagaram X
1003 Amadalvalsa X
1004 Anakapalli X
1101 AO Kakinada X
1102 Tanuku X
1103 Tadepalligudem X
1104 Eluru X
1105 Dwarapudi X
1106 Bhimavaram X
1150 Not to be used (to be deleted) X
1199 Ethakote X
1201 Yanam X
1301 AO Guntur X
1302 Chirala X
1303 Guntur X
1304 Narasaraopeta X
1305 Ongole X
1306 Tenali X
1307 Sattenapalli X
1308 Nadikudi X
1401 AO Nellore X
1402 Kavali X
1403 Renigunta X
1404 Nellore X
1405 Cuddapah X
1451 Chittoor X
2001 AO Vijayawada X
2002 Vijayawada X
2003 Gudivada X
2004 Khammam X
2005 Bhadrachalam Road X
2050 not to be used (to be deleted) X
2101 AO Hyderabad X
2102 Hyderabad X
2103 Miryalaguda X
2201 AO Nizamabad X
2202 Kamareddy X
2203 Nizamabad X
2204 Adilabad X
2301 AO Warangal X
2302 Warangal X
2303 Peddapalli X
2350 Karimnagar X
2401 AO Kurnool X
2402 Adoni X
2403 Jadcherla X
2404 Mahabubnagar X
2405 Kurnool X
2406 Anantapur X
2407 Nandyal X
3001 AO Bhubaneswar X

3002 Bhadrak X
3003 Balasore X
3004 Khurda Road X
3005 Berhampur X
3006 J K Road X
3007 Cuttack X
3008 not to be used (to be deleted) X
3101 AO Sambalpur X
3102 Rayagada X
3103 Jeypore X
3104 Kesinga X
3105 Bargarh X
3106 Sambalpur X
3107 Jharsuguda X
3108 Bolangir X
4001 Area Office WB Plant X
4050 West Bengal (Buffers)-Logical X
4051 National Industries Dum Dum
4052 TDC Cossimbazar
4053 Mangla Traders Burdwan
4501 AO Patna X
4550 Bihar (Buffers ) Logical X
5001 AO Nagpur X
5050 Maharasthra (Buffers ) Logical X
6001 AO Bellary X
6050 Karnataka (Buffers ) Logical X
7050 Tamil Nadu(Buffers)Logical X
9001 Corporate X
COMM Corporate Office - Hyderabad X
KKD3 Utility/Bagging/Other-Kakinada X
SD01 Seeds Plant 1 - Warangal X
SD02 Seeds Plant 2 - Sambalpur X
SD03 Seeds Plant 3 - Kurnool X
SD04 Seeds Plant 4 - Kompalli X
Aurangabad(Seed)
Bhubaneswr(Seed)
SD22 NFCL(P)Godown Bellary (Seed) X
SD23 NFCL(P)Godown Calcutta (Seed) X
SD24 NFCL(P)Godown Indore (Seed) X
SD25 NFCL (P) Godown Jaipur (Seed) X
SD26 NFCL(P)Godown Patna (Seed) X
SD27 NFCL(P)Godown Trichy (Seed) X
SF01 SFD Plant - Hyderabad 405
SF02 SFD Plant - Hyderabad
SF03 SFD Plant - Nellore
SF04 SFD Plant - Trichy 957
SF05 SFD Plant - Bangalore 959
SF06 SFD Plant - Bellary 903

SF07 SFD Plant - Sholapur 726

SF08 SFD Plant - Nasik 725
SF09 SFD Plant - Bareilly 651
SF11 SFD Plant - Karnal 756
SF12 SFD Plant - Bhatinda 894
SF13 SFD Plant - Ahmedabad
SH01 Kakinada Shiphold X
SH02 Vishakhapatnam Shiphold X
SP01 Kakinada Port X
SP02 Vishakhapatnam Port X
SP03 Chennai Port X
SP04 Krishnapatnam Port X
Expiration Date per Movement Type

MT 101 – Shelf Life Check Indicator 1 ; MT 103 – Shelf Life Check Indicator 1 ; MT 105 –
Shelf Life Check Indicator 1; MT 501- Shelf Life Check Indicator 1.
4.5.6.12 Price Differences for subcontract orders at GR
Here, it is defined whether Price Difference postings are generated for a subcontract
order at the time of a goods receipt. This could happen if the manufactured material is
managed at Standard Price and the standard price varies from the receipt value
(externally performed service + value of components + delivery costs).
Settings for NFCL:
Company Val Area Pr. Diff. GR

Code SC
NFCL AOB1 X
NFCL AOB2 X
NFCL KKD1 X
NFCL KKD2 X
NFCL KKD3 X
NFCL SD01 X
NFCL SD02 X
NFCL SD03 X
NFCL SD04 X
NFCL SD20 X
NFCL SD21 X
NFCL SD22 X
NFCL SD23 X
NFCL SD24 X
NFCL SD25 X
NFCL SD26 X
NFCL SD27 X
4.5.7 Automatic Movements

In this section, the system settings for goods movements which are posted automatically
are defined.

4.5.7.1 Create Storage Location automatically
This indicator is maintained for movement types relating to an inward movement. Here it
can be defined that the storage location data is created automatically in the material
master at the time of goods receipt.
Settings for NFCL:
Permitted for all plants under Company Code NFCL.
At the Movement type level, standard settings maintained .
4.5.7.2 Set manual account assignment
Settings for NFCL:

Settings for NFCL:

4.5.7.4 Generate Physical Inventory documents for goods movements
Settings for NFCL:

4.5.7.5 Set missing parts check
Settings for NFCL:

Standard SAP settings retained. Not required for NFCL.
4.5.7.6 Set Expiration date check
Settings for NFCL:

4.5.8 Reservation
4.5.8.1 Define Default values
Under this menu option you specify the default values of the following functions for each
plant:
 allow goods movement for reservations
 delete old reservations ( i.e. after how many days ).
The settings done her are used by the Reservation Management Program RM07RVER
for performing the desired functions.
Settings for NFCL :

Plant Description Movement Days mvt. Retention

allowed Allowed period in
days
0001 Werk 0001 X 3 2

1001 VIZIANAGRAM (Logical) X 3 2
1002 Vizianagaram X 3 2
1003 Amadalvalsa X 3 2
1004 Anakapalli X 3 2
1101 AO Kakinada X 3 2
1102 Tanuku X 3 2
1103 Tadepalligudem X 3 2
1104 Eluru X 3 2
1105 Dwarapudi X 3 2
1106 Bhimavaram X 3 2
1150 Not to be used (to be deleted) X 3 2
1199 Ethakote X 3 2
1201 Yanam X 3 2
1301 AO Guntur X 3 2
1302 Chirala X 3 2
1303 Guntur X 3 2
1304 Narasaraopeta X 3 2
1305 Ongole X 3 2
1306 Tenali X 3 2
1307 Sattenapalli X 3 2
1308 Nadikudi X 3 2
1401 AO Nellore X 3 2
1402 Kavali X 3 2
1403 Renigunta X 3 2
1404 Nellore X 3 2
1405 Cuddapah X 3 2
1451 Chittoor X 3 2
2001 AO Vijayawada X 3 2
2002 Vijayawada X 3 2
2003 Gudivada X 3 2
2004 Khammam X 3 2
2005 Bhadrachalam Road X 3 2
2050 not to be used (to be deleted) X 3 2
2101 AO Hyderabad X 3 2
2102 Hyderabad X 3 2
2103 Miryalaguda X 3 2
2201 AO Nizamabad X 3 2
2202 Kamareddy X 3 2
2203 Nizamabad X 3 2
2204 Adilabad X 3 2
2301 AO Warangal X 3 2
2302 Warangal X 3 2
2303 Peddapalli X 3 2
2350 Karimnagar X 3 2
2401 AO Kurnool X 3 2
2402 Adoni X 3 2

2403 Jadcherla X 3 2
2404 Mahabubnagar X 3 2
2405 Kurnool X 3 2
2406 Anantapur X 3 2
2407 Nandyal X 3 2
3001 AO Bhubaneswar X 3 2
3002 Bhadrak X 3 2
3003 Balasore X 3 2
3004 Khurda Road X 3 2
3005 Berhampur X 3 2
3006 J K Road X 3 2
3007 Cuttack X 3 2
3008 not to be used (to be deleted) X 3 2
3101 AO Sambalpur X 3 2
3102 Rayagada X 3 2
3103 Jeypore X 3 2
3104 Kesinga X 3 2
3105 Bargarh X 3 2
3106 Sambalpur X 3 2
3107 Jharsuguda X 3 2
3108 Bolangir X 3 2
4001 Area Office WB Plant X 3 2
4050 West Bengal (Buffers)-Logical X 3 2
4051 National Industries Dum Dum X 3 2
4052 TDC Cossimbazar X 3 2
4053 Mangla Traders Burdwan X 3 2
4501 AO Patna X 3 2
4550 Bihar (Buffers ) Logical X 3 2
5001 AO Nagpur X 3 2
5050 Maharasthra (Buffers ) Logical X 3 2
6001 AO Bellary X 3 2
6050 Karnataka (Buffers ) Logical X 3 2
7050 Tamil Nadu(Buffers)Logical X 3 2
9001 Corporate X 3 2
COMM Corporate Office - Hyderabad X 3 2
KKD1 Plant-1 Kakinada X 3 2
KKD2 Plant-2 Kakinada X 3 2
KKD3 Utility/Bagging/Other-Kakinada X 3 2
SD01 Seeds Plant 1 - Warangal X 3 2
SD02 Seeds Plant 2 - Sambalpur X 3 2
SD03 Seeds Plant 3 - Kurnool X 3 2
SD04 Seeds Plant 4 - Kompalli X 3 2
SD20 NFCL(P)Godown X 3 2
Aurangabad(Seed)
SD21 NFCL(P)Godown X 3 2
Bhubaneswr(Seed)
SD22 NFCL(P)Godown Bellary (Seed) X 3 2
SD23 NFCL(P)Godown Calcutta X 3 2
(Seed)
SD24 NFCL(P)Godown Indore (Seed) X 3 2
SD25 NFCL (P) Godown Jaipur (Seed) X 3 2
SD26 NFCL(P)Godown Patna (Seed) X 3 2

SD27 NFCL(P)Godown Trichy (Seed) X 3 2

SF01 SFD Plant - Hyderabad 405 X 3 2
SF02 SFD Plant - Hyderabad X 3 2
SF03 SFD Plant - Nellore X 3 2
SF04 SFD Plant - Trichy 957 X 3 2
SF05 SFD Plant - Bangalore 959 X 3 2
SF06 SFD Plant - Bellary 903 X 3 2
SF07 SFD Plant - Sholapur 726 X 3 2
SF08 SFD Plant - Nasik 725 X 3 2
SF09 SFD Plant - Bareilly 651 X 3 2
SF11 SFD Plant - Karnal 756 X 3 2
SF12 SFD Plant - Bhatinda 894 X 3 2
SF13 SFD Plant - Ahmedabad X 3 2
SH01 Kakinada Shiphold X 3 2
SH02 Vishakhapatnam Shiphold X 3 2
SP01 Kakinada Port X 3 2
SP02 Vishakhapatnam Port X 3 2
SP03 Chennai Port X 3 2
SP04 Krishnapatnam Port X 3 2
Settings for NFCL :
Transaction Code Transaction Text Proposed pre-

selection
MB21 Create Reservation X
4.5.8.3 Set Dynamic Availability Check

In Inventory Management, two types of availability check are carried out:
 availability check during the entry of reservations
 availability check during the entry of goods movements
Here, the dynamic availability check is made for the Reservations. In this case, the
system check whether the material is to be withdrawn is available and issues a message,
if necessary.
It is to be noted that the availability check is only carried out if

 the material master record contains a checking group for the availability check (MRP
data)
 a checking rule is assigned to the transaction code and a checking message is
attached to the relevant movement types in Customizing.
Settings for NFCL :

4.5.9 Physical Inventory

4.5.9.1 Define default values for physical inventory document

To specify the following default values per plant which are used to create the physical
inventory documents:
 The stock type (unrestricted-use, in quality inspection, blocked)
 The unit of entry (stock keeping unit or unit of issue)
Settings for NFCL :
Plant Description Stock Stock type Batch Altern.

type Desc. backgrnd. UOM
0001 Werk 0001 1 Warehouse X X
1001 VIZIANAGRAM (Logical) 1 Warehouse X X
1002 Vizianagaram 1 Warehouse X X
1003 Amadalvalsa 1 Warehouse X X
1004 Anakapalli 1 Warehouse X X
1101 AO Kakinada 1 Warehouse X X
1102 Tanuku 1 Warehouse X X
1103 Tadepalligudem 1 Warehouse X X
1104 Eluru 1 Warehouse X X
1105 Dwarapudi 1 Warehouse X X
1106 Bhimavaram 1 Warehouse X X
1150 Not to be used (to be deleted) 1 Warehouse X X
1199 Ethakote 1 Warehouse X X
1201 Yanam 1 Warehouse X X
1301 AO Guntur 1 Warehouse X X
1302 Chirala 1 Warehouse X X
1303 Guntur 1 Warehouse X X
1304 Narasaraopeta 1 Warehouse X X
1305 Ongole 1 Warehouse X X
1306 Tenali 1 Warehouse X X
1307 Sattenapalli 1 Warehouse X X
1308 Nadikudi 1 Warehouse X X
1401 AO Nellore 1 Warehouse X X
1402 Kavali 1 Warehouse X X
1403 Renigunta 1 Warehouse X X
1404 Nellore 1 Warehouse X X
1405 Cuddapah 1 Warehouse X X
1451 Chittoor 1 Warehouse X X
2001 AO Vijayawada 1 Warehouse X X
2002 Vijayawada 1 Warehouse X X
2003 Gudivada 1 Warehouse X X
2004 Khammam 1 Warehouse X X
2005 Bhadrachalam Road 1 Warehouse X X
2050 not to be used (to be deleted) 1 Warehouse X X
2101 AO Hyderabad 1 Warehouse X X
2102 Hyderabad 1 Warehouse X X
2103 Miryalaguda 1 Warehouse X X
2201 AO Nizamabad 1 Warehouse X X
2202 Kamareddy 1 Warehouse X X
2203 Nizamabad 1 Warehouse X X
2204 Adilabad 1 Warehouse X X
2301 AO Warangal 1 Warehouse X X
2302 Warangal 1 Warehouse X X

2303 Peddapalli 1 Warehouse X X

2350 Karimnagar 1 Warehouse X X
2401 AO Kurnool 1 Warehouse X X
2402 Adoni 1 Warehouse X X
2403 Jadcherla 1 Warehouse X X
2404 Mahabubnagar 1 Warehouse X X
2405 Kurnool 1 Warehouse X X
2406 Anantapur 1 Warehouse X X
2407 Nandyal 1 Warehouse X X
3001 AO Bhubaneswar 1 Warehouse X X
3002 Bhadrak 1 Warehouse X X
3003 Balasore 1 Warehouse X X
3004 Khurda Road 1 Warehouse X X
3005 Berhampur 1 Warehouse X X
3006 J K Road 1 Warehouse X X
3007 Cuttack 1 Warehouse X X
3008 not to be used (to be deleted) 1 Warehouse X X
3101 AO Sambalpur 1 Warehouse X X
3102 Rayagada 1 Warehouse X X
3103 Jeypore 1 Warehouse X X
3104 Kesinga 1 Warehouse X X
3105 Bargarh 1 Warehouse X X
3106 Sambalpur 1 Warehouse X X
3107 Jharsuguda 1 Warehouse X X
3108 Bolangir 1 Warehouse X X
4001 Area Office WB Plant 1 Warehouse X X
4050 West Bengal (Buffers)-Logical 1 Warehouse X X
4051 National Industries Dum Dum 1 Warehouse X X
4052 TDC Cossimbazar 1 Warehouse X X
4053 Mangla Traders Burdwan 1 Warehouse X X
4501 AO Patna 1 Warehouse X X
4550 Bihar (Buffers ) Logical 1 Warehouse X X
5001 AO Nagpur 1 Warehouse X X
5050 Maharasthra (Buffers ) 1 Warehouse X X
Logical
6001 AO Bellary 1 Warehouse X X
6050 Karnataka (Buffers ) Logical 1 Warehouse X X
7050 Tamil Nadu(Buffers)Logical 1 Warehouse X X
9001 Corporate 1 Warehouse X X
COMM Corporate Office - Hyderabad 1 Warehouse X X
KKD1 Plant-1 Kakinada 1 Warehouse X X
KKD2 Plant-2 Kakinada 1 Warehouse X X
KKD3 Utility/Bagging/Other- 1 Warehouse X X
Kakinada
SD01 Seeds Plant 1 - Warangal 1 Warehouse X X
SD02 Seeds Plant 2 - Sambalpur 1 Warehouse X X
SD03 Seeds Plant 3 - Kurnool 1 Warehouse X X
SD04 Seeds Plant 4 - Kompalli 1 Warehouse X X
SD20 NFCL(P)Godown 1 Warehouse X X
Aurangabad(Seed)
SD21 NFCL(P)Godown 1 Warehouse X X
Bhubaneswr(Seed)

SD22 NFCL(P)Godown Bellary 1 Warehouse X X

(Seed)
SD23 NFCL(P)Godown Calcutta 1 Warehouse X X
(Seed)
SD24 NFCL(P)Godown Indore 1 Warehouse X X
(Seed)
SD25 NFCL (P) Godown Jaipur 1 Warehouse X X
(Seed)
SD26 NFCL(P)Godown Patna 1 Warehouse X X
(Seed)
SD27 NFCL(P)Godown Trichy 1 Warehouse X X
(Seed)
SF01 SFD Plant - Hyderabad 405 1 Warehouse X X
SF02 SFD Plant - Hyderabad 1 Warehouse X X
SF03 SFD Plant - Nellore 1 Warehouse X X
SF04 SFD Plant - Trichy 957 1 Warehouse X X
SF05 SFD Plant - Bangalore 959 1 Warehouse X X
SF06 SFD Plant - Bellary 903 1 Warehouse X X
SF07 SFD Plant - Sholapur 726 1 Warehouse X X
SF08 SFD Plant - Nasik 725 1 Warehouse X X
SF09 SFD Plant - Bareilly 651 1 Warehouse X X
SF11 SFD Plant - Karnal 756 1 Warehouse X X
SF12 SFD Plant - Bhatinda 894 1 Warehouse X X
SF13 SFD Plant - Ahmedabad 1 Warehouse X X
SH01 Kakinada Shiphold 1 Warehouse X X
SH02 Vishakhapatnam Shiphold 1 Warehouse X X
SP01 Kakinada Port 1 Warehouse X X
SP02 Vishakhapatnam Port 1 Warehouse X X
SP03 Chennai Port 1 Warehouse X X
SP04 Krishnapatnam Port 1 Warehouse X X
4.5.9.2 Define Default Values for Batch Input Reports

In this step, default values are defined for batch input reports used in physical inventory.
These are no reports which allow a data transfer from an external system, but reports
which allow bulk processing of data in the SAP System (for example, creating physical
inventory documents for all materials of a storage location)
Settings for NFCL :

SAP standard settings maintained.
Program Session Batch Log Max. Plan. Count Inv. Unrest. Qual. Mat Batch Blk.
Name Input No. date blk Insp. inv. Stk.
RM07ICN1 MB_MI01_CN X 20 00.00.0000 X X X
RM07IE31 MB_MI01_E X X 20 00.00.0000 X X X
RM07II31 MB_MI01 X X 20 00.00.0000 X X X
RM07II32 MB_MI02 X X 0 00.00.0000 X
RM07II37 MB_MI07 X X 0 00.00.0000
RM07IK31 MB_MI01_K X X 20 00.00.0000 X X X
RM07IM31 MB_MI01_M X 20 00.00.0000 X X
RM07IO31 MB_MI01_O X 20 00.00.0000 X

RM07IQ31 MB_MI01_Q X 20 00.00.0000 X X X

RM07IV31 MB_MI01_V X 20 00.00.0000 X
RM07IW31 MB_MI01_W X 20 00.00.0000 X
RM07SVOR SI 20 00.00.0000 X

Settings for NFCL :
Transaction Code Transaction Text Proposed pre-selection

MI07 Process List of Differences X
4.5.9.4 Allow freezing of book inventory balance in storage location

In this step, it is determined whether the book inventory balances of items in a physical
inventory document, which have not yet been counted, can be frozen in the storage
location. The frozen book inventory balance is recorded in the physical inventory
document. It is relevant to calculating inventory differences.
Settings for NFCL :

Since no specific data was available at the time of configuration for all plants freezing of
book Inventory balance is allowed for all the regular storage locations.
4.5.9.5 Define tolerances for physical inventory differences

In this step, user groups are created and define for them value tolerances for the posting
of inventory differences. Two tolerances are specified:-
 maximum amount per physical inventory document
 maximum amount per document item
If a document exceeds the document tolerance defined for the user group, the user is not
allowed to post any inventory differences for this document.
Settings for NFCL :
InTG CC Diff.amount Amount Curr. Company name City

per doc. per inv.
0001 NFCL 10000.00 1000.00 INR Nagarjuna Fertilisers & Hyderabad
Chemicals Ltd.
The Users who carry out Physical Inventory need to be allocated an Inventory Tolerance
Group. The settings are given below.
User Name Phy.Inv.Tol.Group
AABEL 0001
AABHU 0001
AACAL 0001
AAGUN 0001
AAHYD 0001
AAKKD 0001
AAKOM 0001

AAKUR 0001
AANAG 0001
AANEL 0001
AANIZ 0001
AAPAT 0001
AASAM 0001
AAVIJ 0001
AAVIZ 0001
AAWAR 0001
AGRIFIN 0001
AGRIFINMIS 0001
AOBACCT 0001
CFOAGRIFIN 0001
CORPCASH 0001
CORPFA 0001
CORPFIN 0001
CORPFINCONS 0001
CORPIV 0001
CORPIVAPP 0001
CORPPAY 0001
CPC1 0001
CPCKKD
HEADCORFIN 0001
INTAUDIT 0001
KKDCASH 0001
KKDFA 0001
KKDFIMIS 0001
KKDFIN 0001
KKDFINFICC 0001
KKDIV1 0001
KKDIV2 0001
KKDIV3 0001
KKDPAY 0001
MKTFIN 0001
MKTFINAPP 0001
NFCL 0001
PARI1 0001
SEEDACCT 0001
SFDACCT 0001
SFDTRADE 0001
TREAS1 0001
4.5.9.6 Inventory Sampling

Under this menu option two actions are required:
 Define inventory sampling profiles
 Define for which stock management units inventory sampling is allowed.
Settings for NFCL :

Not required for NFCL. Standard SAP settings retained.

4.5.9.7 Cycle counting
Here, the system settings for the Physical Inventory method of cycle counting are made.
Settings for NFCL:
Plant CC phys. inv. No.of Ph.inv.interval Float Percentage

phys.inv. time
0001 A 12 20 5 56
0001 B 6 41 10 28
0001 C 3 82 20 14
0001 D 1 247 0 2
1001 A 12 20 5 56
1001 B 6 41 10 28
1001 C 3 82 20 14
1001 D 1 247 0 2
1002 A 12 20 5 56
1002 B 6 41 10 28
1002 C 3 82 20 14
1002 D 1 247 0 2
1003 A 12 20 5 56
1003 B 6 41 10 28
1003 C 3 82 20 14
1003 D 1 247 0 2
1004 A 12 20 5 56
1004 B 6 41 10 28
1004 C 3 82 20 14
1004 D 1 247 0 2
1101 A 12 20 5 56
1101 B 6 41 10 28
1101 C 3 82 20 14
1101 D 1 247 0 2
1102 A 12 20 5 56
1102 B 6 41 10 28
1102 C 3 82 20 14
1102 D 1 247 0 2
1103 A 12 20 5 56
1103 B 6 41 10 28
1103 C 3 82 20 14
1103 D 1 247 0 2
1104 A 12 20 5 56
1104 B 6 41 10 28
1104 C 3 82 20 14
1104 D 1 247 0 2
1105 A 12 20 5 56
1105 B 6 41 10 28
1105 C 3 82 20 14
1105 D 1 247 0 2
1106 A 12 20 5 56
1106 B 6 41 10 28

1106 C 3 82 20 14
1106 D 1 247 0 2
1150 A 12 20 5 56
1150 B 6 41 10 28
1150 C 3 82 20 14
1150 D 1 247 0 2
1199 A 12 20 5 56
1199 B 6 41 10 28
1199 C 3 82 20 14
1199 D 1 247 0 2
1201 A 12 20 5 56
1201 B 6 41 10 28
1201 C 3 82 20 14
1201 D 1 247 0 2
1301 A 12 20 5 56
1301 B 6 41 10 28
1301 C 3 82 20 14
1301 D 1 247 0 2
1302 A 12 20 5 56
1302 B 6 41 10 28
1302 C 3 82 20 14
1302 D 1 247 0 2
1303 A 12 20 5 56
1303 B 6 41 10 28
1303 C 3 82 20 14
1303 D 1 247 0 2
1304 A 12 20 5 56
1304 B 6 41 10 28
1304 C 3 82 20 14
1304 D 1 247 0 2
1305 A 12 20 5 56
1305 B 6 41 10 28
1305 C 3 82 20 14
1305 D 1 247 0 2
1306 A 12 20 5 56
1306 B 6 41 10 28
1306 C 3 82 20 14
1306 D 1 247 0 2
1307 A 12 20 5 56
1307 B 6 41 10 28
1307 C 3 82 20 14
1307 D 1 247 0 2
1308 A 12 20 5 56
1308 B 6 41 10 28
1308 C 3 82 20 14
1308 D 1 247 0 2
1401 A 12 20 5 56
1401 B 6 41 10 28
1401 C 3 82 20 14
1401 D 1 247 0 2
1402 A 12 20 5 56
1402 B 6 41 10 28

1402 C 3 82 20 14
1402 D 1 247 0 2
1403 A 12 20 5 56
1403 B 6 41 10 28
1403 C 3 82 20 14
1403 D 1 247 0 2
1404 A 12 20 5 56
1404 B 6 41 10 28
1404 C 3 82 20 14
1404 D 1 247 0 2
1405 A 12 20 5 56
1405 B 6 41 10 28
1405 C 3 82 20 14
1405 D 1 247 0 2
1451 A 12 20 5 56
1451 B 6 41 10 28
1451 C 3 82 20 14
1451 D 1 247 0 2
2001 A 12 20 5 56
2001 B 6 41 10 28
2001 C 3 82 20 14
2001 D 1 247 0 2
2002 A 12 20 5 56
2002 B 6 41 10 28
2002 C 3 82 20 14
2002 D 1 247 0 2
2003 A 12 20 5 56
2003 B 6 41 10 28
2003 C 3 82 20 14
2003 D 1 247 0 2
2004 A 12 20 5 56
2004 B 6 41 10 28
2004 C 3 82 20 14
2004 D 1 247 0 2
2005 A 12 20 5 56
2005 B 6 41 10 28
2005 C 3 82 20 14
2005 D 1 247 0 2
2050 A 12 20 5 56
2050 B 6 41 10 28
2050 C 3 82 20 14
2050 D 1 247 0 2
2102 A 12 20 5 56
2102 B 6 41 10 28
2102 C 3 82 20 14
2102 D 1 247 0 2
2103 A 12 20 5 56
2103 B 6 41 10 28
2103 C 3 82 20 14
2103 D 1 247 0 2
2201 A 12 20 5 56
2201 B 6 41 10 28

2201 C 3 82 20 14
2201 D 1 247 0 2
2202 A 12 20 5 56
2202 B 6 41 10 28
2202 C 3 82 20 14
2202 D 1 247 0 2
2203 A 12 20 5 56
2203 B 6 41 10 28
2203 C 3 82 20 14
2203 D 1 247 0 2
2204 A 12 20 5 56
2204 B 6 41 10 28
2204 C 3 82 20 14
2204 D 1 247 0 2
2301 A 12 20 5 56
2301 B 6 41 10 28
2301 C 3 82 20 14
2301 D 1 247 0 2
2302 A 12 20 5 56
2302 B 6 41 10 28
2302 C 3 82 20 14
2302 D 1 247 0 2
2303 A 12 20 5 56
2303 B 6 41 10 28
2303 C 3 82 20 14
2303 D 1 247 0 2
2350 A 12 20 5 56
2350 B 6 41 10 28
2350 C 3 82 20 14
2350 D 1 247 0 2
2401 A 12 20 5 56
2401 B 6 41 10 28
2401 C 3 82 20 14
2401 D 1 247 0 2
2402 A 12 20 5 56
2402 B 6 41 10 28
2402 C 3 82 20 14
2402 D 1 247 0 2
2403 A 12 20 5 56
2403 B 6 41 10 28
2403 C 3 82 20 14
2403 D 1 247 0 2
2404 A 12 20 5 56
2404 B 6 41 10 28
2404 C 3 82 20 14
2404 D 1 247 0 2
2405 A 12 20 5 56
2405 B 6 41 10 28
2405 C 3 82 20 14
2405 D 1 247 0 2
2406 A 12 20 5 56
2406 B 6 41 10 28

2406 C 3 82 20 14
2406 D 1 247 0 2
2407 A 12 20 5 56
2407 B 6 41 10 28
2407 C 3 82 20 14
2407 D 1 247 0 2
3001 A 12 20 5 56
3001 B 6 41 10 28
3001 C 3 82 20 14
3001 D 1 247 0 2
3002 A 12 20 5 56
3002 B 6 41 10 28
3002 C 3 82 20 14
3002 D 1 247 0 2
3003 A 12 20 5 56
3003 B 6 41 10 28
3003 C 3 82 20 14
3003 D 1 247 0 2
3004 A 12 20 5 56
3004 B 6 41 10 28
3004 C 3 82 20 14
3004 D 1 247 0 2
3005 A 12 20 5 56
3005 B 6 41 10 28
3005 C 3 82 20 14
3005 D 1 247 0 2
3006 A 12 20 5 56
3006 B 6 41 10 28
3006 C 3 82 20 14
3006 D 1 247 0 2
3007 A 12 20 5 56
3007 B 6 41 10 28
3007 C 3 82 20 14
3007 D 1 247 0 2
3008 A 12 20 5 56
3008 B 6 41 10 28
3008 C 3 82 20 14
3008 D 1 247 0 2
3101 A 12 20 5 56
3101 B 6 41 10 28
3101 C 3 82 20 14
3101 D 1 247 0 2
3102 A 12 20 5 56
3102 B 6 41 10 28
3102 C 3 82 20 14
3102 D 1 247 0 2
3103 A 12 20 5 56
3103 B 6 41 10 28
3103 C 3 82 20 14
3103 D 1 247 0 2
3104 A 12 20 5 56
3104 B 6 41 10 28

3104 C 3 82 20 14
3104 D 1 247 0 2
3105 A 12 20 5 56
3105 B 6 41 10 28
3105 C 3 82 20 14
3105 D 1 247 0 2
3106 A 12 20 5 56
3106 B 6 41 10 28
3106 C 3 82 20 14
3106 D 1 247 0 2
3107 A 12 20 5 56
3107 B 6 41 10 28
3107 C 3 82 20 14
3107 D 1 247 0 2
3108 A 12 20 5 56
3108 B 6 41 10 28
3108 C 3 82 20 14
3108 D 1 247 0 2
4001 A 12 20 5 56
4001 B 6 41 10 28
4001 C 3 82 20 14
4001 D 1 247 0 2
4050 A 12 20 5 56
4050 B 6 41 10 28
4050 C 3 82 20 14
4050 D 1 247 0 2
4051 A 12 20 5 56
4051 B 6 41 10 28
4051 C 3 82 20 14
4051 D 1 247 0 2
4052 A 12 20 5 56
4052 B 6 41 10 28
4052 C 3 82 20 14
4052 D 1 247 0 2
4053 A 12 20 5 56
4053 B 6 41 10 28
4053 C 3 82 20 14
4053 D 1 247 0 2
4501 A 12 20 5 56
4501 B 6 41 10 28
4501 C 3 82 20 14
4501 D 1 247 0 2
4550 A 12 20 5 56
4550 B 6 41 10 28
4550 C 3 82 20 14
4550 D 1 247 0 2
5001 A 12 20 5 56
5001 B 6 41 10 28
5001 C 3 82 20 14
5001 D 1 247 0 2
5050 A 12 20 5 56
5050 B 6 41 10 28

5050 C 3 82 20 14
5050 D 1 247 0 2
6001 A 12 20 5 56
6001 B 6 41 10 28
6001 C 3 82 20 14
6001 D 1 247 0 2
6050 A 12 20 5 56
6050 B 6 41 10 28
6050 C 3 82 20 14
6050 D 1 247 0 2
7050 A 12 20 5 56
7050 B 6 41 10 28
7050 C 3 82 20 14
7050 D 1 247 0 2
9001 A 12 20 5 56
9001 B 6 41 10 28
9001 C 3 82 20 14
9001 D 1 247 0 2
COMM A 12 20 5 56
COMM B 6 41 10 28
COMM C 3 82 20 14
COMM D 1 247 0 2
KKD1 A 12 20 5 56
KKD1 B 6 41 10 28
KKD1 C 3 82 20 14
KKD1 D 1 247 0 2
KKD2 A 12 20 5 56
KKD2 B 6 41 10 28
KKD2 C 3 82 20 14
KKD2 D 1 247 0 2
KKD3 A 12 20 5 56
KKD3 B 6 41 10 28
KKD3 C 3 82 20 14
KKD3 D 1 247 0 2
SD01 A 12 20 5 56
SD01 B 6 41 10 28
SD01 C 3 82 20 14
SD01 D 1 247 0 2
SD02 A 12 20 5 56
SD02 B 6 41 10 28
SD02 C 3 82 20 14
SD02 D 1 247 0 2
SD03 A 12 20 5 56
SD03 B 6 41 10 28
SD03 C 3 82 20 14
SD03 D 1 247 0 2
SD04 A 12 20 5 56
SD04 B 6 41 10 28
SD04 C 3 82 20 14
SD04 D 1 247 0 2
SD20 A 12 20 5 56
SD20 B 6 41 10 28

SD20 C 3 82 20 14
SD20 D 1 247 0 2
SD21 A 12 20 5 56
SD21 B 6 41 10 28
SD21 C 3 82 20 14
SD21 D 1 247 0 2
SD22 A 12 20 5 56
SD22 B 6 41 10 28
SD22 C 3 82 20 14
SD22 D 1 247 0 2
SD23 A 12 20 5 56
SD23 B 6 41 10 28
SD23 C 3 82 20 14
SD23 D 1 247 0 2
SD24 A 12 20 5 56
SD24 B 6 41 10 28
SD24 C 3 82 20 14
SD24 D 1 247 0 2
SD25 A 12 20 5 56
SD25 B 6 41 10 28
SD25 C 3 82 20 14
SD25 D 1 247 0 2
SD26 A 12 20 5 56
SD26 B 6 41 10 28
SD26 C 3 82 20 14
SD26 D 1 247 0 2
SD27 A 12 20 5 56
SD27 B 6 41 10 28
SD27 C 3 82 20 14
SD27 D 1 247 0 2
SF01 A 12 20 5 56
SF01 B 6 41 10 28
SF01 C 3 82 20 14
SF01 D 1 247 0 2
SF02 A 12 20 5 56
SF02 B 6 41 10 28
SF02 C 3 82 20 14
SF02 D 1 247 0 2
SF03 A 12 20 5 56
SF03 B 6 41 10 28
SF03 C 3 82 20 14
SF03 D 1 247 0 2
SF04 A 12 20 5 56
SF04 B 6 41 10 28
SF04 C 3 82 20 14
SF04 D 1 247 0 2
SF05 A 12 20 5 56
SF05 B 6 41 10 28
SF05 C 3 82 20 14
SF05 D 1 247 0 2
SF06 A 12 20 5 56
SF06 B 6 41 10 28

SF06 C 3 82 20 14
SF06 D 1 247 0 2
SF07 A 12 20 5 56
SF07 B 6 41 10 28
SF07 C 3 82 20 14
SF07 D 1 247 0 2
SF08 A 12 20 5 56
SF08 B 6 41 10 28
SF08 C 3 82 20 14
SF08 D 1 247 0 2
SF09 A 12 20 5 56
SF09 B 6 41 10 28
SF09 C 3 82 20 14
SF09 D 1 247 0 2
SF11 A 12 20 5 56
SF11 B 6 41 10 28
SF11 C 3 82 20 14
SF11 D 1 247 0 2
SF12 A 12 20 5 56
SF12 B 6 41 10 28
SF12 C 3 82 20 14
SF12 D 1 247 0 2
SF13 A 12 20 5 56
SF13 B 6 41 10 28
SF13 C 3 82 20 14
SF13 D 1 247 0 2
SH01 A 12 20 5 56
SH01 B 6 41 10 28
SH01 C 3 82 20 14
SH01 D 1 247 0 2
SH02 A 12 20 5 56
SH02 B 6 41 10 28
SH02 C 3 82 20 14
SH02 D 1 247 0 2
SP01 A 12 20 5 56
SP01 B 6 41 10 28
SP01 C 3 82 20 14
SP01 D 1 247 0 2
SP02 A 12 20 5 56
SP02 B 6 41 10 28
SP02 C 3 82 20 14
SP02 D 1 247 0 2
SP03 A 12 20 5 56
SP03 B 6 41 10 28
SP03 C 3 82 20 14
SP03 D 1 247 0 2
SP04 A 12 20 5 56
SP04 B 6 41 10 28
SP04 C 3 82 20 14
SP04 D 1 247 0 2

4.5.10 Movement Types

4.5.10.1 Record reason for movement
To store a key that gives a reason for the movement (for example, reason for return
delivery) and a corresponding standard text. The reason for the movement is saved in the
material document. In Inventory Management, the material documents for which a reason
has been entered can be evaluated. The text of the reason is printed on the return
delivery slip.
Settings for NFCL :
Movement Control
type reason
101 -
102 -
103 -
104 -
105 -
106 -
121
122 +
123 -
124 +
125 -
131 -
132 -
141 -
142 -
161 .
162 -
201 -
202 +
221 -
222 -
231 -
232 -
241 -
242 -
251 -
252 -
261 -
262 -
281 -
282 -
291 -
292 -
301 -
302 -
303 -
304 -
305 -

306 -
309 -
310 -
311 -
312 -
313 -
314 -
315 -
316 -
317 -
318 -
319 -
320 -
321 -
322 +
323 -
324 -
325 -
326 -
331 -
332 -
333 -
334 -
335 -
336 -
341 -
342 -
343 +
344 +
349 +
350 +
351 -
352 -
401 -
402 -
403 -
404 -
405 -
406 -
411 -
412 -
441 -
442 -
451 -
452 -
453 -
454 -
455 -
456 -
457 -
458 -
459 -

460 -
501 -
502 -
503 -
504 -
505 -
506 -
511 -
512 -
521 -
522 -
523 -
524 -
525 -
526 -
531 -
532 -
541 -
542 -
543 -
544 -
545 -
546 -
551 +
552 .
553 +
554 .
555 +
556 .
561 -
562 -
563 -
564 -
565 -
566 -
571 -
572 -
573 -
574 -
575 -
576 -
581 -
582 -
601 -
602 -
603 -
604 -
605 -
606 -
621 -
622 -
623 -

624 -
631 -
632 -
633 -
634 -
641 -
642 -
643 -
644 -
645 -
646 -
647 -
648 -
651 -
652 -
653 -
654 -
655 -
656 -
657 -
658 -
661 -
662 -
671 -
672 -
701 -
702 -
703 -
704 -
707 -
708 -
711 -
712 -
713 -
714 -
715 -
716 -
717 -
718 -
721 -
722 .
731 -
732 .
901 -
902 -
+ Required
. Optional
- Suppressed

Movement type Reason for mvt. Reason

101 1 Poor quality

101 101 Not identifyable
103 103 Spoiled
122 1 Poor quality
122 2 Incomplete
122 3 Damaged
123 1 Poor quality
123 2 Incomplete
123 3 Damaged
124 1 Poor quality
124 2 Incomplete
124 3 Damaged
125 1 Poor quality
125 2 Incomplete
125 3 Damaged
201 1 Standard Comsumption
201 2 Balance Comsumption
201 11 Transit Losses
201 22 Standardisation Loss
201 33 Other Losses
202 1 Excess Mat.Returned
202 2 Balance Withdrawal
202 3 Recond.Matl.Return
261 1 Standard Comsumption
261 2 Balance Comsumption
321 555 Standardised Qty.
322 1 Cut and Torn
322 2 Damaged
322 3 Wet
322 4 Leakage
322 5 Lumpy
322 6 Sweepings
322 7 Non-conformance Stk
343 10 Non Saleable
343 15 Cut & Torn
343 20 Sweepings
343 25 Lumps
343 30 Wet
343 35 Damaged
343 40 Leakage
343 45 Non-Conformance Stk.
343 50 Standardisation
343 51 Clearance posting
343 60 Receipt Post Stdzn.
344 1 Naptha PipelineStock
344 55 Cut & Torn
344 60 Sweepings
344 65 Lumps
344 70 Wet
344 75 Damaged

344 80 Leakage
344 85 Non-Conformance Stk.
344 90 Standardisation
344 95 Ship Hold
349 500 Qt. con.for stdn.
350 1 Issued for Standzn.
350 2 Standardisation loss
521 1 Excess Mat.Returned
543 543 Damage in transport
544 544 Damage in ret.transp
551 1 Shrinkage
551 2 Spoiled
551 3 Std. Scrapping
551 4 Other reason
551 5 Loss-Stk in Transit
552 1 Shrinkage
552 2 Spoiled
552 4 Other reason
553 1 Shrinkage
553 2 Spoiled
553 4 Other reason
553 5 Loss-Stk in Transit
555 1 Shrinkage
555 2 Spoiled
555 4 Other reason
555 5 Loss in Standardzn.
901 1 Std.Comsumption(SC)
901 2 Bal.Comsumption(SC)
901 11 Transit Losses
901 22 Standardisation Loss
901 33 Other Losses
4.5.10.2 Define new movement types
Settings for NFCL:

Two new Movement Types have been defined for NFCL, MT 901 & MT 902 to cater to
chargeable issues. These have been created by copying standard SAP movement types
201 & 202. In MT 901 & 902 field selections for Vendor , Purchase Order , G/L account
and Extra amount in LC have been made optional. Otherwise Standard SAP settings
have been retained.
4.5.10.3 Set sub screen for account assignment (coding) block

Sub-Screens can be defined using this transaction. This means the structure of sub
screens can be designed to suit your own requirements and thus avoid having to enter
account assignment fields in an additional dialog box.

Settings for NFCL :

4.5.11 Print Control

4.5.11.1 General Settings
Printer Setting
Here, all the Output devices used in Inventory Management are defined if GR/GI slips are
to be printed right away but not if Condition technique is used in Output determination.
Settings for NFCL :

Not required for NFCL as condition technique has been used.
Item Print Indicator

Indicator specifying whether a material document item can be printed with a certain
movement type. The indicator also determines which type of GR/GI slip (for example, GR
slip, GI slip, return delivery slip, label) is printed.
Settings for NFCL :
Print Item Description

No document printout
1 GRN Document - NFCL(Rcpt Val)
2 MRN Document - NFCL(Pur.Retrn )
3 GR/GI slip for subcontracting
4 Phys.inv.w/o sales price valuation
5 Phys.inv.w/o sales price valuation
6 MIN/STN Document-NFCL(Stk mvt )
7 GIN Document - NFCL(Rcpt Nval )
Print Version
The print versions defined in standard SAP systems are :
Version Description
1 Print one page per item.
2 Per item, print one page incl. inspection text.
3 Collective goods receipt/issue slip
These have to be assigned to transaction codes for the system to default the values
during IM transactions.
Transaction Text Print version

code
CAT5 Data Transfer CATS -> PS
CAT9 Data Transfer CATS -> PM/SM

CIP2 CC2: Update PDC messages

CIPV Posting PDC records
CN25 Confirm Completions in Network
CN27 Collective confirm.
CN29 Cancel Network Confirmation
CO11 Create confirmation of prod. order
CO12 Collective completion confirmation
CO13 Cancel confirmation of prod. order
CO15 Production order confirmation
CO16 Process PDC error records
CO17 Enter confirmation with reference
CO19 Enter time event-production order
CO1F Create confirmation of prod. order
CO26 Order information system
CO27 Picking list
CO51 Send Process Messages
CO54 Message monitor
COGI Processing goods movemnts w.
errors
COIK Picking list
COR6 Single Process Order Confirmation 3
CORK Total process order confirmations 3
CORR Collective Proc. Order Confirmation 3
CORS Cancel Process Order Confirmation 3
CORZ Process order time event confirm. 3
IW41 Enter PM Order Confirmation 3
IW44 PM Order Collective Confirmation 3
IW45 Cancel PM Order Confirmation 3
MB01 Post Goods Receipt for PO 3
MB02 Change Material Document 3
MB03 Display Material Document 3
MB04 Subsequ.Adj.of 3
"Mat.Provided"Consmp.
MB05 Subseq. Adjustmt: Act.Ingredient Mat 3
MB0A Post Goods Receipt for PO 3
MB11 Goods Movement 3
MB1A Goods Withdrawal 3
MB1B Transfer Posting 3
MB1C Other Goods Receipts 3
MB21 Create Reservation 3
MB22 Change Reservation 3
MB23 Display Reservation 3
MB31 Goods Receipt for Production Order 3
MBRL Return Delivery per Mat. Document 3
MBSF Release Blocked Stock via Mat. Doc. 3
MBSL Copy Material Document 3
MBST Cancel Material Document 3
MBSU Place in Stor.for Mat.Doc: Init.Scrn 3
ME23 Display Purchase Order 3

ME2O SC Stock Monitoring (Vendor) 3

ME33 Display Outline Agreement 3
MEW7 Release of Service Entry Sheets 3
MF40 Repetitive Mfg: Backflushing
MF41 Cancel Backflush
MF42 Collective Backflush
MF43 Rep.point backflush - repetitive mfg
MF44 Backflush for PldOrd - AssemblyOrder
MF45 Reprocessing Components:
Rep.Manuf.
MF46 Collective Reprocessing, Backflush
MF47 Open Reprocessing Records / Pr.Line
MF49 Goods Receipt w/o Backflush 3
MF4A Component Withdrawal: Scrap 3
MF4U Comp. Withdrawal: Unplnd 3
Consumption
MF50 Change Run Schedule Quantities
MI07 Process List of Differences 3
MI08 Create List of Differences with Doc. 3
MI10 Create List of Differences w/o Doc. 3
ML81 Maintain Service Entry Sheet 3
ML85 Collective Release of Entry Sheets 3
MSC2 Change Batch 3
OMCT Batch Definition
PK12 Kanban Board: Supply Source View
PK13 Kanban Board: Demand Source View
PK21 Change Kanban Container Status
PK31 Container Correction
PK41 Backflush Kanban Orders
PK99 Function Access via Transaction
PKBC Chnge Container Status with Bar
Code
QA02 Change inspection lot
QA07 Trigger for recurring inspection
QA11 Record usage decision 3
QA12 Change usage decision with history 3
QA14 Change UD without history 3
QA16 Collective UD for accepted lots 3
QAC2 Transfer stock to insp. lot 3
QE01 Record characteristic results
QE02 Change characteristic results
QE04 Record sample results
QE05 Change sample results
QE11 Record results for inspection point
QE12 Change results for inspection point
SE37 ABAP Function Modules
SE38 ABAP Editor
VI01 Create shipment costs 3
VI02 Change shipment costs 3
VKU2 Total SP revaluation 3
VKU3 Partial SP revaluation 3
VL01 Create Delivery 3

VL02 Change Delivery 3

VL07
VL08 Report Results of Picking Request 3
VL09 Cancel Goods Issue for Delivery Note 3
VT10 Select shipments: Start
WF00 Workflow: Choose Processes
4.5.11.2 Maintain Print Indicator for GR Documents

In menu option "Goods receipt", a print indicator is assigned to movement types. The
print indicator is required for printing goods receipt documents. For each movement type,
it can be defined whether and how a material document item is to be printed out.
 on a GR/GI slip
 on a return delivery slip
 no printout
The system uses the print indicator, transaction/event type, and the print version to find
the output type that is relevant to printing the goods receipt/issue slip.
Settings for NFCL :
Movement type Print item Description
101 1 GRN Document - NFCL(Rcpt Val)

102 2 MRN Document - NFCL(Pur.Retrn)
103 7 GIN Document - NFCL(Rcpt Nval
306 No document printout
451 6 MIN/STN Document-NFCL(Stk mvt)


4.5.11.3 Maintain Print Indicator for GI/Transfer Postings
Settings for NFCL :





4.5.11.4 Maintain Print Indicator for Automatic Postings

Settings for NFCL :



4.5.11.5 Set Label Printout

When entering a goods movement, output can be generated that can be printed on
labels provided that the label type and label form have been
maintained for the material in the material master record.
Settings for NFCL:

4.5.11.6 Assign Layout Sets for Print Reports

In this step, the layout sets (forms) are assigned to print reports in Inventory
management. These are lists that are printed not via the output control, but directly from
the report.
Settings for NFCL :

4.5.11.7 Cross-application Document Numbering

Settings for NFCL:
4.5.12 Output determination

In Inventory Management, output is text that is created at the time of goods movements.
There are output documents such as:

 goods accompanying slips (GR/GI slips, pallet notes)

 labels
 kanban cards
 MAIL messages
which Inventory Management uses to communicate with other departments (purchasing
or materials planning, for example)
Depending on the type, an output document can be printed or sent to a recipient (for
example, via MAIL). An output control mechanism that depends on different criteria allows
to process and send the output documents with defined restrictions and under certain
conditions.
4.5.12.1 Maintain Condition Tables

Settings for NFCL:

Apart from the standard Tables provided by SAP tables 971(GR Mail for Buyer) , 972 (IM
Output Table - Plant/Tr.event/PrntVrsn/Prntitem) has been created for outputting of GR
Messages.
Table 971
Fields Selected: GR Message (WEAKT) ; Purchasing Group (EKGRP). This table is to
send mails to buyers in purcahse on receipt of goods.
Table 972
Fields Selected: Plant(WERKS) ; Trans./ev. Type (VGART ); Print version (WEVER );
Print item (KZDRU ). This table is to differentiate between different GR outputs based on
Plant.
4.5.12.2 Maintain Access Sequences

Settings for NFCL:
Access Sequence Z001- IM Output-Plnt/TrEv/PrntV/PrIt has been created for condition
table 972 and for GR related condition types. Otherwise SAP standard settings retained.
4.5.12.3 Maintain Output Types

Settings for NFCL :
Output Description Access Time Transm. Part.

type sequence medium funct.
ET01 Material label 6 3 1 SH

MLFH GR Missing Parts Msg 5 4 7 DC
MLGR GR Message 2 4 7 MP
MLMD GR Qty Deviation 2 4 7 MP
MLUD GR under/Over deliv. 2 4 7 MP
WA01 GI Note Vers.1 3 3 1
WAE1 GI Label Vers.1 1 1 1


WE01 GR Note Vers.1 3 3 1
WEE1 GR Label Vers.1 1 1 1
WEK1 Kanban Card 1 7
WF01 GR Prod. Ord. Vers.1 3 3 1
WF02 GR Prod. Ord. Vers.2 3 3 1
WLB1 GI Note RP Vers.1 4 1 1
ZDCK Std.Delv.Chlln -KKD Z001 3 1
ZGIK Standard GIN - KKD Z001 3 1
ZGRK Standard GRN - KKD Z001 3 1
ZGRS Seeds Goods Rcpt Nt. Z001 3 1
ZMIK Std. MIN 1,2 3 - KKD 3 3 1
ZMRK Std. MRN 2 3 - KKD 3 3 1
ZSAN Seeds Acknwldg. Note Z001 3 1
ZSIN Seeds Issue Note Z001 3 1
ZSRN Seeds Receipt Note Z001 3 1
ZSTK Std. STN 1,2 3 - KKD 3 3 1
ZSTS Seed Stk.Trnsfr.Adv. Z001 3 1
4.5.12.4 Maintain Output Procedures
Settings for NFCL :

Standard settings retained, however following Condition types have been added to SAP
standard Procedure ME0001.
ME0001 Inventory Management
Step Counter Condition Requirement Manual Description

No. type only
5 10 MLFH 0 GR Missing Parts Msg
10 10 MLGR 171 GR Message
20 10 MLMD 172 GR Qty Deviation
25 10 MLUD 174 GR under/Over deliv.
30 10 WE01 0 GR Note Vers.1
50 10 WA01 0 GI Note Vers.1
90 10 WAE1 0 GI Label Vers.1
120 10 WEE1 0 GR Label Vers.1


150 10 WLB1 0 GI Note RP Vers.1
180 10 WF01 0 GR Prod. Ord. Vers.1
190 10 WF02 0 GR Prod. Ord. Vers.2
200 1 ET01 0 Material label
210 10 ZGRK 173 Standard GRN - KKD
220 10 ZGIK 173 Standard GIN - KKD
230 10 ZMIK 173 Std. MIN 1,2 3 - KKD
240 10 ZMRK 173 Std. MRN 2 3 - KKD
250 10 ZSTK 173 Std. STN 1,2 3 - KKD
260 10 ZDCK 173 Std.Delv.Chlln -KKD
270 10 ZSRN 173 Seeds Receipt Note
280 10 ZSAN 173 Seeds Acknwldg. Note
290 10 ZSIN 173 Seeds Issue Note
300 10 ZGRS 173 Seeds Goods Rcpt Nt.
310 10 ZSTS 173 Seed Stk.Trnsfr.Adv.
4.5.12.5 Maintain Conditions
Settings for NFCL:
Condition records have been maintained for the above mentioned Condition (Output)
types.
4.5.12.6 Assign Layouts and programs

Here, the SAPscript layout sets (forms) and programs are assigned to the individual
output types. Layout sets control the layout and content of output documents, whereas
programs control the processing of output.
Settings for NFCL:
Output Trans. Program FORM routine Form

type medium
ET01 1 RTLABELO PRODUCT_LABEL

ET01 8 RTLABELO PRODUCT_LABEL
MAIL 7 RSNASTSO SAPOFFICE_AUFRUF
MLFH 7 RSNASTSO SAPOFFICE_AUFRUF
MLGR 7 RSNASTSO SAPOFFICE_AUFRUF
MLMD 7 RSNASTSO SAPOFFICE_AUFRUF
MLUD 7 RSNASTSO SAPOFFICE_AUFRUF
WA01 1 SAPM07DR ENTRY_WA01 WA_SCHEINVERS1
WA02 1 SAPM07DR ENTRY_WA02 WA_SCHEINVERS2
WA03 SAPM07DR ENTRY_WA03 WASCHEIN
WA03 1 J_1AMM01 ENTRY_WA03 J_1A_WASCHEIN
WAE1 1 SAPM07DR ENTRY_ETIA MM07ET

WAE2 1 SAPM07DR ENTRY_ETIA MM07ET

WAE3 1 SAPM07DR ENTRY_ETIAS MM07ET
WE01 1 SAPM07DR ENTRY_WE01 WESCHEINVERS1
WEE1 1 SAPM07DR ENTRY_ETIE MM07ET
WEE2 1 SAPM07DR ENTRY_ETIE MM07ET
WEE3 1 SAPM07DR ENTRY_ETIES MM07ET
WEK1 1 SAPM07DR ENTRY_WEK1 PSFC_KANBAN
WF01 1 SAPM07DR ENTRY_WF01 WE_FERT_VERS1
WF02 1 SAPM07DR ENTRY_WF02 WE_FERT_VERS2
WLB1 1 SAPM07DR ENTRY_WLB1 WA_LB_VERS1
ZDCK 1 Z_MM_MRN1_KKD_PRINT ENTRY_WE03 Z_MM_DC_KKD
ZGIK 1 Z_MM_GIN_PRINT ENTRY_WE03 Z_MM_GIN
ZGRK 1 Z_MM_GRN_PRINT ENTRY_WE03 Z_MM_GRN
ZGRS 1 Z_SEEDS_GRN_PRINT ENTRY_WE03 Z_SEEDS_GRN
ZMIK 1 Z_MM_MIN_KKD_PRINT ENTRY_WA03 Z_MM_MIN_KKD
ZMRK 1 Z_MM_MRN_KKD_PRINT ENTRY_WA03 Z_MM_MRN_KKD
ZSAN 1 Z_SEEDS_SAN_PRINT ENTRY_WE03 Z_SEEDS_SAN
ZSIN 1 Z_SEEDS_SIN_PRINT ENTRY_WE03 Z_SEEDS_SIN
ZSRN 1 Z_SEEDS_SRN_PRINT ENTRY_WE03 Z_SEEDS_SRN
ZSTK 1 Z_MM_STN_KKD_PRINT ENTRY_WA03 Z_MM_STN_KKD
ZSTS 1 Z_SEEDS_STA_PRINT ENTRY_WA03 Z_SEEDS_STA
4.5.12.7 Printer Determination

In the step "Printer determination", you define the printers on which output is printed out.
This setting is only useful when Condition Technique is not being used in Output
determination.
4.5.12.7.1 Printer Determination by plant/storage location
Settings for NFCL:

Here, the definition for printer determination at Plant/Storage Location is carried out. This
setting has been made and kept only as a buffer. In transactions outputs are determined
using condition technique settings as described above.
All the message output types defined for NFCL – Kakinada , have been set with all the
Kakinada Plants ( KKD1, KKD2, KKD3) and their respective storage locations. The printer
set is kkddm14.
4.5.13 Stock Determination

Stock determination provides you with the option of using predefined settings to create
and execute strategies for an automatic material withdrawal. This function affects several
applications.

Settings for NFCL:

SAP Standard settings retained. Not required for NFCL.
4.5.14 Define Document Life

Here, it is defined for each transaction/event type, the minimum document life of material
documents. Once the end of the document life has been reached, the document can be
archived.
Settings for NFCL:

Standard SAP setting of 200 days of document life retained for all Plants and
transaction /event type.
4.5.15 Reporting
Under this menu option you can define :
 which reports are necessary
 which standard reports are used
 complete the settings of the standard reports
 specify the requirements and contents of additional reports
 create additional reports
Settings for NFCL:


4.6 VALUATION AND ACCOUNT ASSIGNMENT
The Configuration made here are related to the following areas:-

 Material Valuation
 Link between Materials Management and Financial Accounting
4.6.1 Define price control for material types

There are 2 types of Price Control in the SAP R/3 System.
 V Moving Average Price/Periodic Unit Price
 S Standard Price
For each material, it should be specified the price control in the material master record
according to which the material is to be valuated.
Price control is preset as follows in the standard SAP R/3 System:

 moving average for materials procured externally
 standard for in-house produced materials
Settings for NFCL :
Material Mat.type descr. Price Mand.pr

type control ice
control
CONT Kanban containers
DIEN Services S
ERSA Spare parts V
FERT Finished products V
FGTR Beverages V X
FHMI Prod. resources/tools S
FOOD Foods (excl. perishables) V X
FRIP Perishables V X
HALB Semifinished products V
HAWA Trading goods V
HERS Manufacturer parts
HIBE Operating supplies V
IBAU Maintenance assemblies
INTR Intra materials V
KMAT Configurable materials S
LEER Empties V
LGUT Empties (retail) V
MODE Apparel (seasonal) V X
MPKG Packing Matl.MKTG - NFCL V
NLAG Non-stock materials
NOF1 Nonfoods V X
NVNS Non Value Non Stock Mat.
PIPE Pipeline materials V
PROC Process materials V
PROD Product groups
RCON Reconditioned Matl.(NFCL)

ROH Raw materials V

UNBW Nonvaluated materials
VERP Packaging V
VKHM Additionals V
VOLL Full products V
WERB Product catalogs V
WERT Value-only materials V
WETT Competitive products
4.6.2 Split Valuation

Split Valuation enables to valuate sub-stocks of a material in different ways (for example,
according to external procurement or in-house production or by batches).
4.6.2.1 Activate split valuation
Settings for NFCL :

Split Valuation is active for NFCL.
4.6.2.2 Configure Split Valuation
In this step you can set:

 which valuation categories exist in your company (global categories)
 which valuation types exist in your company (global types)
 which valuation types belong to which valuation category
 which valuation categories are active in a valuation area (local categories and types).
In Split Valuation, the partial stocks of a material can be distinguished according to certain
criteria and valuate them separately. The Material Stock is divided according to valuation
category and valuation type. The Valuation Category determines how the partial stocks
are divided, that is, according to which criteria. The Valuation Type describes the
characteristics of the individual stocks.
Settings for NFCL:

NFCL is not using Split valuation functionality. Please refer FI system Documentation for
further details.
4.6.3 Account Determination

Here, the settings are made which are relevant to transactions in Inventory Management
(for example, goods movements) and in Invoice Verification (for example, invoice receipt)
for automatic postings to G/L accounts in Financial accounting and Cost accounting.
The configuration is based on these tables which outline the account determination for
each processes.
4.6.3.1 Account Determination without Wizard

Account determination without the wizard enables you to make a more complex
configuration than account determination with the wizard, but requires that you are
already familiar with the principle of automatic account determination in the SAP System.

4.6.3.1.1 Define Valuation Control
Here, it is possible to activate Valuation Grouping Code which is basically used to group
together valuation areas.
Settings for NFCL:

Valuation Grouping Code is active.
4.6.3.2 Group Together Valuation Areas
The Valuation Grouping Code makes it easier to set the automatic account determination.
Within the chart of accounts, the same valuation grouping code can be assigned to the
valuation areas for which the same account needs to be assigned.
Valuation Grouping Codes either reflect a fine distinction within a chart of accounts or
they correspond to a chart of accounts.
It is important to understand that the Valuation Grouping code can ONLY be used for one
Chart of accounts. It is not possible to assign the same modification constants to plants
that belong to company codes with different charts of accounts.
Settings for NFCL:

All plants(which are also Valuation Areas) in Company Code NFCL have been assigned
to Val. Grouping Code NFCL.
4.6.3.3 Define Valuation Classes
The Valuation Classes are defined here that are allowed for each material type.
If a user creates a material, he/she must enter the material’s valuation class in the
accounting data. The SAP R/3 System uses the default settings to check whether the
valuation class is allowed for the material type.
The Valuation Class is a group of materials with the same account determination. The
Valuation Class allowed depend on the material type. Several Valuation Classes are
generally allowed for each material type. A Valuation Class can also be allowed for
several material types.
The Link between the Valuation Class and the material type is set up via the account
category reference. The Account category reference is a combination of valuation
classes. Precisely one account category reference is assigned to a material type.
Settings for NFCL:
Account Category Reference
ARef Description
0001 Reference for raw materials
0002 Ref. for operating supplies
0003 Reference for spare parts

0004 Reference for packaging

0005 Reference for trading goods
0006 Reference for Services
0007 Ref. for non-valuated material
0008 Ref. for semifinished products
0009 Ref. for finished products
0010 Ref. for Prod.Res & Tools
J001 Non-stock materials
J002 Maintenance assemblies
Valuation Class
Valuation Description Acct cat. Description

class ref.
0710 Equipment 1
0720 Equipment 2
1210 Spec.complex fixed assets
3000 Thermal/Civil mat & Metal 0001 Reference for raw materials
3001 Natural Gas 0001 Reference for raw materials
3002 Naphtha 0001 Reference for raw materials
3003 External Power 0010 Reference for Pipeline mat.
3004 Chemicals 0001 Reference for raw materials
3005 Consumables & Lubricants 0001 Reference for raw materials
3006 Paints 0001 Reference for raw materials
3007 Catalysts 0001 Reference for raw materials
3008 Imported items 0001 Reference for raw materials
3030 Operating supplies
3031 Operating supplies 2
3040 Indigenous Stores/Spares 0003 Reference for spare parts
3041 Imported Stores & Spares 0003 Reference for spare parts
3042 Consumables 0003 Reference for spare parts
3043 Welfare items 0003 Reference for spare parts
3050 Bags 0004 Reference for packaging
3051 Packing Accessories 0004 Reference for packaging
3100 Traded Products 0005 Reference for trading goods
3200 Services
3201 Repairs-Furnitures/Off.Eq 0006 Reference for services
3202 Bagging SO labour 0006 Reference for services
3203 Dir. charges-P&M repairs 0006 Reference for services
3204 Dir. charges-Bldgs, Roads 0006 Reference for services
3205 Dir. charges - Others 0006 Reference for services
3206 Handling on purchases 0006 Reference for services
3207 Port dues 0006 Reference for services
3208 Stevedoring charges 0006 Reference for services
3209 Processing charges 0006 Reference for services
3210 Vehicle repairs 0006 Reference for services
3211 Housekpg & Factory upkeep 0006 Reference for services
3212 Security services 0006 Reference for services
3213 Garden maint. /Green belt 0006 Reference for services
3214 Canteen services 0006 Reference for services
3215 Freight-Plant/Port-Railhd 0006 Reference for services

3216 Handling charges 0006 Reference for services

3217 Unloading at railhead 0006 Reference for services
3218 Loading at railhead 0006 Reference for services
3219 Unloading-WH-stk frm RH 0006 Reference for services
3220 Unloading-WH-stk frm Plnt 0006 Reference for services
3221 Transportation costs 0006 Reference for services
3222 Warehouse rent 0006 Reference for services
3223 Freight Inward 0006 Reference for services
3300 Non-valuated material 0007 Ref. for non-valuated material
7900 Sweet Naphtha 0008 Ref for semi-finished products
7901 Steam 0008 Ref for semi-finished products
7902 Power 0008 Ref for semi-finished products
7903 Ammonia 0008 Ref for semi-finished products
7904 Urea Prills 0008 Ref for semi-finished products
7905 Seeds & Splty Fertilisers 0008 Ref for semi-finished products
7906 Process Water 0008 Ref for semi-finished products
7920 Finished products 0009 Ref. for finished products
Material Type/Account Category Reference
Material Mat. type description Acct cat. Description

type Ref.
CONT Kanban containers

DIEN Services 0006 Reference for services
ERSA Spare parts 0003 Reference for spare parts
FERT Finished products 0009 Ref. for finished products
FGTR Beverages
FHMI Prod. resources/tools 0008 Ref for semi-finished
products
FOOD Foods (excl. perishables)
FRIP Perishables
HALB Semifinished products 0008 Ref for semi-finished
products
HAWA Trading goods 0005 Reference for trading goods
HERS Manufacturer parts
HIBE Operating supplies 0002 Ref. for operating supplies
IBAU Maintenance assemblies J002 Maintenance assemblies
INTR Intra materials 0001 Reference for raw materials
KMAT Configurable materials
LEER Empties 0004 Reference for packaging
LGUT Empties (retail)
MODE Apparel (seasonal)
MPKG Packing Matl.MKTG - 0004 Reference for packaging
NFCL
NLAG Non-stock materials J001 Non-stock materials
NOF1 Nonfoods
NVNS Non Value Non Stock Mat. J002 Maintenance assemblies
PIPE Pipeline materials 0010 Reference for Pipeline
materls

PROC Process materials 0009 Ref. for finished products

PROD Product groups 0008 Ref for semi-finished
products
RCON Reconditioned Matl. 0007 Ref. for non-valuated
(NFCL) material
ROH Raw materials 0001 Reference for raw materials
UNBW Nonvaluated materials 0007 Ref. for non-valuated
material
VERP Packaging 0004 Reference for packaging
VKHM Additionals
VOLL Full products
WERB Product catalogs
WERT Value-only materials 0005 Reference for trading goods
WETT Competitive products
4.6.3.4 Define Account Grouping for Movement Types
With this function, account grouping can be assigned to movement types. The account
grouping is a finer sub-division of the transaction/event keys for the account
determination.
Settings for NFCL:-

Standard SAP Settings retained. For details, please refer FI System Documentation.
4.6.3.5 Activate Purchase Account Management
Here, the Purchase Account Management is activated for the company code. The
purchase account is posted at the time goods receipts and incoming invoices are posted,
with the same amount as the stock account. The offsetting entry is posted to the purchase
offsetting account.
Settings for NFCL:-

Purchase Account Management is not active for Company Code NFCL.
4.6.3.6 Create Automatic Postings
The default settings for Inventory Management and Invoice Verification transactions for
automatic postings to G/L accounts are made here.
Settings for NFCL:

Please refer FI System Documentation for details.
4.6.4 Configure Price Change in Previous Period/Previous Year

In the case of a price change in the previous period or in the previous year, it
should be defined whether the change also applies to the current period. There
are two options:-
 The price change applies only in the previous period or previous year and does
not affect the current period.

 The price change also applies to the current period; the price in the current
period is thus also changed automatically.
Settings for NFCL :

4.6.5 Define document type and number range for price change
When a price is changed, the SAP R/3 System creates a document in Financial
Accounting. For this, a document type has to be defined for the price change and assign
it to a number range.
Settings for NFCL :

Please refer FI System documentation for details.
4.6.6 Define document type and number range for Material Debit
The SAP System creates a document in Financial Accounting when a material has been
debited or credited. Under the menu option "Deb./cred.material", define a document type
for the material debit/credit and allocate it to a number range.
Settings for NFCL :

4.6.7 Balance Sheet Valuation Procedure

4.6.7.1 Activate Year End Valuation
For year-end valuation, the SAP R/3 System offers valuation according to the LIFO
procedure and valuation according to the lowest value principle. To perform year-end
valuation according to these procedures, activate balance sheet valuation.
Settings for NFCL :

4.6.7.2 Define Valuation Level

It is to be defined whether to perform balance sheet valuation at company code level or
at valuation area level.
Settings for NFCL :

4.6.7.3 Lowest Value Valuation

Valuation according to the lowest value principle involves carrying out lowest value
determination.
Settings for NFCL:-

Standard SAP settings maintained. Please refer FI System documentation for details.

4.6.7.4 LIFO/FIFO Procedure

The LIFO procedure is a type of key date valuation (mostly the balance sheet date) that
enables the increase in stock per fiscal year to be valuated separately. To do this, layers
are formed per fiscal year.
Settings for NFCL:

Standard SAP settings maintained. Please refer FI System documentation for details.
4.6.8 Actual Costing / Material Ledger

The Material Ledger serves the following purposes in Material Valuation:
It enables valuation in upto three currencies.It offers an alternative to the moving average
price – namely the periodic unit price.
Settings for NFCL:

Material Ledger is not active for NFCL.
4.7 WAREHOUSE MANAGEMENT

Warehouse Management is not active for NFCL in any of the storage locations under the
plants assigned to company code NFCL.
4.8 INVOICE VERIFICATION

Here, the system message attributes are defined for messages pertaining to Invoice
Verification.
Settings for NFCL :

4.8.2 Define Tax Jurisdiction

Here, the tax jurisdiction code for each plant is assigned.
Settings for NFCL:

For all active plants in NFCL Tax jurisdiction have been set as IN00.
4.8.3 Configure automatic postings

Refer FI System Documentation “Under Valuation and Account Assignment”.
4.8.4 Incoming Invoices
4.8.4.1 Maintain document types and number ranges

Settings for NFCL :
Please Refer FI System Documentation for Document Type Details.
Assignment of Transaction Code with Document Type

Transaction Text Document Description

code type (FI)
CK21 Release Standard Costing PR NFCL-Matl price chng

CKM4 Close material ledger for material ML LCs - MKTG
CKMI Material Ledger Closing Entries ML LCs - MKTG
MEB4 Subseq. Sett. Re Rebate Arrangements RA Sub.cred.memo stlmt
MR00 Invoice Verification *V Vendor Inv - DEFAULT
MR01 Process Incoming Invoice *V Vendor Inv - DEFAULT
MR11 Maintain GR-IR Clearing Account KP Cash Payment - KKD
MR1B Invoice Verification Result Overview RE Invoice receipt
MR1G Enter incoming credit memo RE Invoice receipt
MR1M Enter incoming invoice *V Vendor Inv - DEFAULT
MR21 Price Change PR NFCL-Matl price chng
MR22 Material Debit/Credit PR NFCL-Matl price chng
MR8M Cancel invoice document RE Invoice receipt
MRIS Settle invoicing plan RE Invoice receipt
MRKO Settle consignment/pipeline liabs. KV Vendor Inv. - KKD
MRRL Evaluated receipt settlement RE Invoice receipt
MRRS Evaluated receipt settlement RE Invoice receipt
4.8.4.2 Number assignment in Logistics Invoice Verification

In this step you configure how the document number is made up for the invoice document
generated in Logistics Invoice Verification in Materials Management. You do this in two
steps:
 You assign transactions in Logistics Invoice Verification a number range.
 You assign a number interval to the number range.
4.8.4.2.1 Transaction - assign number range

In this step you assign transactions in Logistics Invoice Verification a number range.
Logistics Invoice Verification contains two transactions:
 RD Post invoice
 RS Cancel/reverse invoice, ERS,
Settings for NFCL :

SAP Standard settings retained. Both RD & RS assigned to No. range 01.
4.8.4.2.2 Maintain number range for Logistics Invoice Verification

In this step, you maintain the number range for the invoice documents
posted in Logistics Invoice Verification. The number range 01 is provided for Logistics
Invoice Verification.
Settings for NFCL :

No. range Object – Update Document
No Year From To
number number
01 9999 5105600101 5105699999

02 9999 0801000000 0801999999

03 1995 1606000000 1606999999
4.8.4.3 Maintain entry profile for Logistics Invoice Verification

In this step you maintain entry profiles.
For invoices and credit memos, these profiles control:
 which Invoice Verification type is set as a default
 which view in the item list is displayed
 how the item list is arranged
 how the system determines the suggested quantity in invoices
 how the system determines the suggested quantity in credit memos
 whether warning and error messages are displayed are displayed online or collected
in an error log
Settings for NFCL :

SAP Standard settings maintained.
4.8.4.4 Field Selection for Logistics Invoice Verification

In this step you define the field selection for the following screens in
Logistics Invoice Verification:
 initial screen
 header data screen
Settings for NFCL :

SAP Standard settings maintained. No settings done for NFCL.
4.8.4.5 Determine Tax Version

Using the tax version, you determine how many tax amounts and tax codes
are to be input on the vendor screen. The following tax versions are possible:
Version Number of tax amounts and codes that can be entered in the vendor
screen
0801 1
0802 2
0804 4 (not for Logistics Invoice Verification)
Settings for NFCL :

0801 has been set with Co. Code NFCL.
4.8.4.6 Set default values

This setting determines for every company code and tax version which tax code(s) the
SAP system should use as defaults when an invoice is entered.
Settings for NFCL :

No default value has been set for Co. Code NFCL and Tax Version 0801.
4.8.4.7 Configure how exchange rate differences are treated

In this activity, you set how exchange rate differences should be calculated for invoices in
foreign currencies.
Settings for NFCL :

SAP Standard settings retained. Differences are to be posted for GR and IR Exg. Rate
diff. and at Exchange rate type M which is SAP default.
4.8.4.8 Configure how unplanned delivery costs are posted

In this step you determine how unplanned delivery costs are posted for Logistics Invoice
Verification.
Settings for NFCL :

4.8.4.9 Define texts for line items

In this step you can create standard texts for document items. This functionality is only
supported in conventional Invoice Verification and not in Logistics Invoice Verification.
Settings for NFCL :

4.8.4.10 Define Subsequent Debit / Credit key for order history category
To distinguish subsequent debits/credits according to their reasons, various subsequent
debits/credits can be defined. Each subsequent debit/credit contains a short text which is
displayed in the purchase order history.
Settings for NFCL :

PO Sub. Check Short Long text

History deb./cred. price Description
category
N X SD-L Subs. deb. log. IV
P X SD-D Subs. deb. dl. costs
S X X Forw Subs.deb.: forwarder
X X X SDeb Subs.deb.: general
4.8.4.11 Edit PO supplement Text in Invoice Verification

When processing an incoming invoice for a purchase order, the SAP System can inform
the accounts payable clerk that the purchasing department has entered PO supplement
texts for this purchase order. The setting has to be activated for Co. Code and allocated
to each Notifiable text type.
Settings for NFCL:
Company PO Text Notifiable Text Types

Code allocatn.
NFCL Y F01, F02, F03, F04, F05, F06, F07,
F08, F09, F10, F11, F13, F14.

4.8.4.12 Mail to purchasing

If an invoice contains a price that is different to the order price, then the system can
automatically inform the buyer of this price variance by SAP mail.
Settings for NFCL :
Company Code Auto Mail

NFCL X
4.8.4.13 Configure vendor-specific tolerances

In this set you define for every company code and tolerance group:
 up to which amount the system should automatically clear a balance when a balance
exists
 how the difference is to be posted
Tolerance groups are assigned to each vendor in the vendor master record.
Settings for NFCL:

NFCL Co. Code has been assigned to Vendor Tol. Grp. NFTG with currency INR.
The following settings are valid for NFTG.
Automatic acceptance of negative diff.

Absolute Lower Limit % Lower Limit
NegAccLowerLimt 200.00- PercLowerAccLim 4.00 %
Absolute Upper Limit

NegUpperAccLim 10.00-
Automatic acceptance of positive diff.

Absolute Lower Limit % Upper Limit
PosLowerAccpLim 5.00 PctUppAccLimit 2.00 %
Absolute Upper Limit

PosUpperAccLim 50.00
Automatic Invoice Reduction

Absolute Upper Limit % Upper Limit
Inv.red.tol.amn 40.00 Per.Inv.Red.Tol 5.00 %
4.8.5 Invoice Block

4.8.5.1 Determine payment block
In the menu option "Payment block", the reasons are defined here as to why the invoices
are blocked for automatic payment. When entering an invoice, you can enter a payment
block on the vendor screen; the invoice will only be paid in Financial Accounting once the
payment block has been deleted.

Settings for NFCL :
Pymt. Block Explanation

Free for payment
* Skip account
A Blocked for payment
N Postprocess inc.pmnt
P Payment request
R Invoice verification
V Payment clearing
4.8.5.2 Set tolerance limits

In the step "Tolerances", one can determine the tolerance limits for each tolerance key
per company code. When processing an incoming invoice the system checks each item
for variances between the purchase order or goods receipt and the invoice. The different
types of variances are defined in tolerance keys.
Settings for NFCL :
CC Tol Description Lower Lower Upper Upper Limit

Key Limit - % Limit - Abs Limit - % - Abs
NFCL AN Amt. For Item No Check No Check No Check No Check
without order
ref.
NFCL AP Amt. For Item No Check No Check No Check No Check
with order ref.
NFCL BD Form small No Check 5.00 INR No Check 5.00 INR
differences
automatically
NFCL BR Percentage 25.00 % No Check 25.00 % No Check
OPUn
Variance (IR
before GR)
NFCL BW Percentage 5.00 % No Check 2.00 % No Check
OPUn Var
(GR before
IR)
NFCL DQ Exceed No Check No Check No Check No Check
Amount: Qty
Variance
NFCL KW Var. From 20.00 % 20.00 INR 5.00 % 10.00 INR
Condition
Value
NFCL PP Price Variance 20.00 % 20.00 INR 5.00% 10.00 INR
NFCL PS Price Variance 10.00% 20.00 INR 10.00% 20.00 INR
- Estimated
Price
NFCL ST Date Variance No Check No Check No Check 100 INR
(Value x Days)
NFCL VP Moving No Check No Check 25.00% No Check

Average Price
Variance
4.8.5.3 Item amount check

In this menu option you determine whether invoice items should be blocked for payment if
they exceed a certain amount.
Settings for NFCL :

Not Activated for NFCL.
4.8.5.4 Stochastic block

In this menu option you configure the settings for the stochastic (probabilistic) block if the
invoice value is over a certain threshold value defined here. The probability of
blocking(%) is also defined here.
Settings for NFCL :

Not Activated for NFCL.
4.8.6 Release Invoice

Before the blocked invoices are released, a list of the blocked invoice line items need to
be created. It is possible to total the invoice line items individually or according to a
certain criterion. The menu option "Release invoice" contains different variants for the list
structure and total:
 The display variant determines which information should be contained in the list.
 The totals variant determines by which criterion the totals is to be formed.
Settings for NFCL :

4.8.7 Clearing account maintenance

4.8.7.1 Maintain document types and number ranges
The SAP System
 creates documents for Financial Accounting when the GR/IR clearing account is
maintained
 groups together the documents via document types
Settings for NFCL :

4.8.7.2 Default values for account maintenance

Under the menu item "Default values" you set default values for maintaining the accounts
in each company code:
o for the selection criteria for selecting purchase orders according to specific criteria
o for the processing of account maintenance
- automatically
- manually
Settings for NFCL :

SAP standard settings maintained for Co. Code NFCL.
4.8.8 Invoice Verification in Background

In this step you configure settings for Invoice Verification in the background. This Invoice
Verification type is only possible in Logistics Invoice Verification.
4.8.8.1 Define automatic status change

In this step you define for every company code whether an invoice posted in the
background is assigned the status "verified as correct" or "settled".
Settings for NFCL :

Not activated for NFCL as no Invoice posting in the background.
4.8.9 Message determination

In Invoice Verification it is possible to send messages when a price variance occurs. The
message is sent by express mail to a specific recipient. If you do not enter a specific
recipient, the system automatically determines the buyer who created the purchase order.
Also other message types can be configured and outputted using condition technique
similar to Purchasing or Inventory Management.
Settings for NFCL :

SAP standard message types retained. No configuration for NFCL.
4.8.10 Define Document Life

The minimum life of Invoice Documents are defined here per company code.
This setting is only relevant for Logistics Invoice Verification.
Settings for NFCL:

No settings done for Company Code NFCL as archiving period not decided.
5 PROGRAMS
5.1 USER EXITS

5.1.1 Customer Exit in GR
EXIT_SAPLMBMB_001
This user exit passes on the Material document (GRN ) No. to the external application
called LR Register Update in NFCL Info System ( Program name - Z_MM_LRREGISTER)
on saving of the mat. Document. This User Exit is only applicable for plants - KKD1,
KKD2, KKD3 and for Movement types 103, 101.
Details for NFCL:
Enhancement Project name - -----ZGRGI

SAP Enhancement component - MB_CF001/ EXIT_SAPLMBMB_001 - Customer
function exit for posting material document
Program name -- ZXMBCU01.
5.1.2 Customer Exit in Services PO Pricing 1
EXIT_SAPLMEKO_002
This User Exit passes on the Storage Location value (given in the Header/First screen of
PO creation ) to the PID of the User. This allows pricing to take into account storage
location values.
Details for NFCL:
Enhancement Project name - -----ZADITYA

SAP Enhancement component - LMEKO002 / EXIT_SAPLMEKO_002 - Extend
communications structure KOMP for pricing
Program name – ZXM06U15.
5.1.3 Customer Exit in Services PO Pricing 2
RV61AFZA
This User Exit ( as part of the Pricing program) takes the Storage Location value passed
on by the previous User Exit to the PID of the User, and uses it in determining appropriate
pricing condition records. This allows pricing to take into account storage location values.
Details for NFCL:
Program name – RV61AFZA.
5.1.4 Customer Exit in Services Entry Pricing
MV61AFZA
This User Exit ( as part of the Pricing program in Service entry) takes the Storage
Location value passed on by the previous User Exit to the PID of the User, and uses it in
determining appropriate pricing condition records. This allows pricing to take into account
storage location values.

Details for NFCL:
Program name – MV61AFZA.
5.1.5 Search Help for Batch Search based on Shelf-Life Expiry
MCH1P
This Individual Search Help ( as part of the collective search help MCH1) shows batch
wise Shelf life expiration dates along with their unrestricted stock figures at a material
,plant and storage location level. This has been developed for Pesticides Batch
determination during SD delivery.
Details for NFCL:
Search Help name - MCH1P - Shelf Life Expiry Date.

Selection Method - Z_MCH1P1
Search Help Exit - Z_BATCH_SEARCH
5.2 FIELD EXITS

Following Field Exits have been used in MM in Purchasing and Inventory Management
modules.
Details for NFCL:
Data element Status Program Screen Short text for data element
AFNAM ACTIVE SAPMM06B 0102 Name of requisitioner/requester
BSTNR ACTIVE SAPMM07M 0200 Purchase order number
BWARTWA ACTIVE SAPMM07M 0400 Movement type (Inv. Mgmt.)
The Field Exit for Data element AFNAM is on Pur. Reqnr. Field and is used to validate the
Purchase requisitioner field value with those existing in the table ZPURCHASEREQ ( to be
maintained using transaction code SM30) and issue error message if the entries do not
match in text and case.
The Field Exit for Data element BSTNR is on Purchase Order field in MB01 and is used to
issue a warning message in MT 101 for only Stock transfer POs for checking the material
document date and posting date.
The Field Exit for Data element BWARTWA is on Movement type field in MB1B and is used
to issue a warning message in MT 351 ( Stock transfer through STO) for checking the
material document date and posting date .
5.3 ABAP / 4 PROGRAMS
The List of ABAP/4 Programs developed for NFCL is given in ABAP/4 documentation for
MM Module. Please refer the same for details. Apart from the BDCs developed for data
upload all other programs developed in MM have been attached to the NFCL Info System
under the menu path – Materials.



MP

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Deskripsi Asli:

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

MP

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Siemens Information Systems Limited

SAP R/3 IMPLEMENTATION

Siemens Information System Limited, Bangalore

Materials Management System Doc. Page 1 of

2.1.1 Logistics General :................................................................................................................. 13

2.2.1 Logistics General................................................................................................................... 23

3.3.1 Specify batch level and active status management.............................................................. 56

Materials Management System Doc. Page 2 of

Materials Management System Doc. Page 3 of

4.3.28..................................................................................................... Setup partner determination

Materials Management System Doc. Page 4 of

4.6.6.......................................................Define document type and number range for Material Debit

Materials Management System Doc. Page 5 of

Materials Management System Doc. Page 6 of

1.1 SETTING COUNTRIES

1.3 CHECK UNIT OF MEASUREMENT

Settings for NFCL :-

Int.Meas.unit Commercial Technical Meas.unit text Unit text

1 ONE One One One

Materials Management System Doc. Page 7 of

BOT BOT Bottle Bottle Bottle

Materials Management System Doc. Page 8 of

Materials Management System Doc. Page 9 of

MGK MGK mg/kg mg/kg Milligram/kilogram

Materials Management System Doc. Page 10 of

NOS NOS Number Numbers Numbers

Materials Management System Doc. Page 11 of

1.4 MAINTAIN CALENDAR

A Factory Calendar is allocated to Plant in Logistics.

Settings for NFCL:-

Materials Management System Doc. Page 12 of

Materials Management System Doc. Page 13 of

2.1.1.1 Define valuation area

2.1.1.2 Maintain plant

Settings For NFCL :

Plant Name 1 Name 2 Street/hse PO Postal City Region

Materials Management System Doc. Page 14 of

1307 Sattenapalli AP0070019 Guntur AP

Materials Management System Doc. Page 15 of

4050 West Bengal WB

Materials Management System Doc. Page 16 of

Trichy (Seed) Trichy Thirunagar,Kmp

2.1.1.3 Define location

Materials Management System Doc. Page 17 of

Settings For NFCL :

2.1.1.4 Maintain Division

Settings for NFCL:

2.1.2 Materials Management

2.1.2.1 Maintain storage location

Materials Management System Doc. Page 18 of

Settings for NFCL :

Plant Storage Description

Plant Storage Description

Materials Management System Doc. Page 19 of

Plant Storage Description

Plant Storage Description

Materials Management System Doc. Page 20 of

KKD3 B22 DM Plant Area

Plant Storage Description

SD02 SD02 Seeds Stores II

SD03 SD03 Seeds Stores III

SD04 SD04 Seeds Stores IV